Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 2015

1933 Act Registration File No. 333-182417

1940 Act File No. 811-22718

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  [ X ]

 

[   ] Pre-Effective Amendment No.                                    

[ X ] Post-Effective Amendment No. 67                                                                                                                       

and/or

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940   [ X ]

 

[ X ] Amendment No.70

                                                                                                                             

(Check appropriate box or boxes.)

TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

17605 Wright Street, Suite 2

Omaha, NE  68130

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code:

402-895-1600

 

The Corporation Trust Company

1209 Orange Street

Wilmington, DE  19801

(Name and. Address of Agent for Service)

Copy to:

Robert Robertson

Dechert LLP

2010 Main Street, Suite 500

Irvine, CA 92614

(949) 442-6037 (phone)

(949) 442-6010 (fax)

 

Richard A. Malinowski

Gemini Fund Services, LLC

80 Arkay Drive, Suite 110

Hauppauge, NY  11788

(631) 470-2734 (phone)

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

[X]   immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)

[   ]   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)

[   ]  60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(l)

[   ]   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(l)

[   ]   75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)

[   ]   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.

[   ]   as soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement

If appropriate, check the following box: [ ] this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hanlon Managed Income Fund

 

Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

August 12, 2015

 

Hanlon Managed Income Fund

Class A    HANAX

Class C    HANCX

Class I    HANIX

Class R    HANRX

 

Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund

Class A    HTDAX

Class C    HTDCX

Class I   HTDIX

Class R    HTDRX

 

 

 

 

 

www.HanlonFunds.com

1-844-828-3212

 

 

 

This Prospectus provides important information about the Hanlon Managed Income Fund and the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund that you should know before investing. Please read it carefully and keep it for future reference.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

 
 
FUND SUMMARIES 1
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RELATED RISKS 7
Hanlon Managed Income Fund 7
Investment Objective 7
Principal Investment Strategies 7
Principal Risk Factors 7
Portfolio Holdings Disclosure 9
Hanlon Tactical Dividend Momentum Fund 9
Investment Objective 9
Principal Investment Strategies 9
Principal Risk Factors 9
Portfolio Holdings Disclosure 10
MANAGEMENT 10
Investment Adviser 10
Portfolio Manager 10
HOW SHARES ARE PRICED 11
HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES 11
Share Classes 11
Class A 12
Class C 13
Class I 15
Class R 16
Factors to Consider When Choosing a Share Class 16
Purchasing Shares 16
Minimum and Additional Investment Amounts 17
When Order is Processed 17
Good Order 17
Retirement Plans 18
HOW TO REDEEM SHARES 18
Redeeming Shares 18
Good Order 19
When You Need Medallion Signature Guarantees 19
Retirement Plans 19
Low Balances 19
FREQUENT PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS OF FUND SHARES 19
TAX STATUS, DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS 20
Dividends and Distributions 20
Taxes 20
Income Dividends and Capital Gains 20
Non-U.S. Persons 21
Annual Notifications 21
DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES 21
Distributor 21
Distribution Fees 21
Additional Compensation to Financial Intermediaries 21
Householding 22
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 23
PRIVACY NOTICE 24
FUND SUMMARIES 1
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RELATED RISKS 8
Hanlon Managed Income Fund 8
Investment Objective 8
Principal Investment Strategies 8
Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund 8
Investment Objective 8
Principal Investment Strategies 8
Principal Risk Factors 9
Portfolio Holdings Disclosure 12
MANAGEMENT 12
Investment Adviser 12
Portfolio Manager 13
HOW SHARES ARE PRICED 13
HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES 14
Share Classes 14
Class A 14
Class C 16
Class I 18
Class R 18
Factors to Consider When Choosing a Share Class 18
Purchasing Shares 18
Minimum and Additional Investment Amounts 19
When Order is Processed 19
Good Order 19
Retirement Plans 19
HOW TO REDEEM SHARES 20
Redeeming Shares 20
Good Order 21
When You Need Medallion Signature Guarantees 21
Retirement Plans 21
Low Balances 21
FREQUENT PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS OF FUND SHARES 21
TAX STATUS, DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS 22
Dividends and Distributions: 22
Taxes: 22
 
 
Income Dividends and Capital Gains: 22
Non-U.S. Persons: 23
Annual Notifications: 23
DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES 23
Distributor 23
Distribution Fees 23
Additional Compensation to Financial Intermediaries 23
Householding 23
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 24
PRIVACY NOTICE 25
 
 

FUND SUMMARIES

Hanlon Managed Income Fund

 

Investment Objective : The Fund seeks to provide current income, capital preservation and positive risk-adjusted returns.

 

Fees and Expenses of the Fund : This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

Class A Class C Class I Class R

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases

(as a % of offering price)

5.75% 1.00% None None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)

(as a % of original purchase price)

None 1.00% None None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage

of the value of your investment)

       
Management Fees 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00%
Distribution (12b-1) and Service Fees 0.25% 1.00% None 0.50%
Other Expenses (1) 0.20% 0.20% 0.20% 0.20%
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (1) 0.41% 0.41% 0.41% 0.41%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 1.86% 2.61% 1.61% 2.11%

(1) Based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

 

 

Example :  This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based upon these assumptions your costs would be:

 

  1 year

3 years

 

Class A

$753

$1,126

Class C $361 $903
Class I

$164

$508

Class R

$214

$661

 

Portfolio Turnover : The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio).  A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. No portfolio turnover rate is provided for the Fund because the Fund has not completed its first fiscal year as of the date of this Prospectus.

 

Principal Investment Strategies : The Fund is a tactical asset allocation fund, investing primarily in exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and shares of other investment companies (collectively, “underlying funds”). Using a proprietary investment model, the Fund allocates up to 100% of its portfolio in fixed-income underlying funds, including those classified as high-yield bond (also known as “junk bond”) funds. The Fund may also invest all or a portion of its assets in high dividend paying stocks and fixed-income securities. The Fund (or any underlying fund in which the Fund may invest) may sell securities short or leverage its assets by borrowing money from a bank in an

1
 

amount of up to one-third of its assets (which includes the borrowed amount). For short-term defensive purposes, the Fund may take short or long positions in underlying funds, including inverse-leveraged ETFs.

 

The Fund uses technical analysis and trend-following to tactically manage the Fund, seeking to avoid large losses in the value of Fund assets. The Fund may, when market signals warrant, go defensive, investing all or a substantial portion of Fund assets in cash and/or cash equivalents. The Fund may, at times, invest in underlying funds for hedging purposes.

 

The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in fixed income securities of any maturity or quality, including securities rated below investment grade (often referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds). The Fund may invest without limit in U.S. and non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities of U.S. and foreign (non-U.S.) issuers, including emerging market securities.

 

The Fund is “non-diversified” for purposes of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), which means that the Fund may invest in fewer securities at any one time than a diversified fund.

 

Principal Investment Risks : As with all mutual funds, there is the risk that you could lose money through your investment in the Fund. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program but rather one component of a diversified investment portfolio. Many factors affect the Fund’s net asset value and performance.

 

Investment Companies and Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”) Risk. When the Fund invests in other investment companies, including ETFs, it will bear additional expenses based on its pro rata share of the other investment company’s or ETF’s operating expenses, including the potential duplication of management fees. The risk of owning an ETF generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying investments the ETF holds. The Fund also will incur brokerage costs when it purchases and sells ETFs.
o Inverse, Leveraged and Inverse-Leveraged ETFs Risk. The Fund may invest in inverse, leveraged and inverse-leveraged ETFs. Inverse ETFs generally use derivatives that are designed to produce returns that move in the opposite direction of the indexes they track, meaning that that when the value of the index rises, the inverse ETF suffers a loss. Leveraged ETFs attempt to provide a multiple of the performance of an index. An ETF that utilizes leverage may be more volatile than an ETF that does not because leverage tends to exaggerate any effect on the value of the portfolio securities. Inverse-leveraged ETFs seek returns that correspond to a multiple of the inverse of the performance of an index. Because inverse, leveraged or inverse-leveraged ETFs typically seek to obtain their objective on a daily basis, holding such ETFs for longer than a day will produce the result of the ETF’s return for each day compounded over the period, which usually will differ from the actual multiple (or inverse) of the return of the ETF’s index for the period, particularly when the index experiences large ups and downs.

 

Fixed Income Securities Risk. When the Fund invests directly or indirectly in fixed income securities, the value of your investment in the Fund will fluctuate with changes in interest rates. Typically, a rise in interest rates causes a decline in the value of fixed income securities. In general, the market price of fixed income securities with longer maturities will increase or decrease more in response to changes in interest rates than shorter-term securities. Other risk factors include credit risk (the debtor may default) and prepayment risk (the debtor may pay its obligation early, reducing the amount of interest payments). These risks could affect the value of a particular investment by the Fund, possibly causing the Fund’s share price and total return to be reduced and fluctuate more than other types of investments.

 

High-Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”) Risk . Fixed income securities that are rated below investment grade are subject to additional risk factors such as increased possibility of default, illiquidity of the security, and changes in value based on public perception of the issuer. Such high-yield securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are generally considered speculative because they present a greater risk of loss, including default, than higher quality fixed income securities.
Equity Risk. Equity securities are susceptible to general market fluctuations and volatile increases and decreases in value as market confidence in and perceptions of their issuers change.
Market Risk. Overall equity market risk may affect the value of individual instruments in which the Fund invests. Factors such as domestic and foreign economic growth and market conditions, interest rate levels, and political events affect the securities markets. When the value of the Fund’s investments goes down, your investment in the Fund decreases in value and you could lose money.
Short Sales Risk. The risk on a short sale is the risk of loss if the value of a security sold short increases prior to the delivery date, since the Fund must pay more for the security than it received from the purchaser in the short sale. Therefore, the risk of loss may be unlimited.
2
 
Leveraging Risk. The use of leverage, such as borrowing for investment purposes, will magnify the Fund’s gains or losses. The use of leverage may further cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations or to meet collateral segregation requirements. Additionally, money borrowed will be subject to certain costs, such as commitment fees and the cost of maintaining minimum average balances, as well as interest. Unless the income and capital appreciation, if any, on securities acquired with borrowed funds exceed the costs of borrowing, the use of leverage will diminish the investment performance of the Fund.
Hedging Transactions Risk. The Fund may, at times, invest in other ETFs for hedging purposes. The success of the Fund’s hedging strategy will be subject to the adviser’s ability to correctly assess the degree of correlation between the performance of the instruments used in the hedging strategy and the performance of the investments in the portfolio being hedged. Because the characteristics of many securities change as markets change or time passes, the success of the Fund’s hedging strategy will also be subject to the adviser’s ability to continually recalculate, readjust, and execute hedges in an efficient and timely manner. For a variety of reasons, the Fund’s adviser may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Such imperfect correlation may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. In addition, it is not possible to hedge fully or perfectly against any risk, and hedging entails its own costs.
Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk. Foreign (non-U.S.) securities present greater investment risks than investing in the securities of U.S. issuers and may experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than the securities of U.S. companies, due to less information about foreign (non-U.S.) companies in the form of reports and ratings than about U.S. issuers; different accounting, auditing and financial reporting requirements; smaller markets; nationalization; expropriation or confiscatory taxation; currency blockage; or political changes or diplomatic developments. Foreign (non-U.S.) securities may also be less liquid and more difficult to value than securities of U.S. issuers.
Emerging Markets Risk. The risks associated with foreign (non-U.S.) investments may be more pronounced for investments in issuers in emerging market countries.
Rules-Based Strategy Risk. A rules-based investment strategy may not be successful on an ongoing basis or could contain unknown errors. In addition, the data used may be inaccurate.
Management Risk. The Fund’s investment strategies may not result in an increase in the value of your investment or in overall performance equal to other similar investment vehicles having similar investment strategies. In addition, the Fund’s tactical asset allocation strategy may be unsuccessful and may cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities while in a defensive position.
Issuer-Specific Risk. The value of a specific security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and may perform worse than the market as a whole.
Cash Positions Risk. The Fund may hold a significant position in cash and/or cash equivalent securities. When the Fund’s investment in cash or cash equivalent securities increases, the Fund may not participate in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund were more fully invested.
N on-Diversification Risk. The Fund is non-diversified, and thus may invest its assets in a smaller number of companies or instruments than many other funds. As a result, an investment in the Fund has the risk that changes in the value of a single security may have a significant effect on the Fund’s value.
Limited History of Operations . The Fund has a limited history of operation. In addition, the adviser has not previously managed a mutual fund.

Performance : Because the Fund has less than a full calendar year of investment operations, no performance information is presented for the Fund at this time.  In the future, performance information will be presented in this section of this Prospectus.  Updated performance information will be available at no cost by visiting www.HanlonFunds.com or by calling 1-844-828-3212.

 

Investment Adviser : Hanlon Investment Management, Inc. (the “Adviser”) serves as investment adviser to the Fund.

 

Portfolio Manager The Fund is managed by John J. (“Sean”) Hanlon, IV, CFP ® , the founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser. Mr. Hanlon has managed the Fund since its inception.

 

3
 

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares :   You may purchase and redeem shares of the Fund on any day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading by written request, by telephone at 1-844-828-3212, or through your broker. Redemptions will be paid by automated clearing house funds (“ACH”), check or wire transfer.  The Fund or its Adviser may waive any of the minimum initial and subsequent investment amounts.

 

Class Minimum Investment
Initial Subsequent
A $2,500 $500
C $2,500 $500
I $100,000 $500
R $2,500 $500

 

Tax Information : Dividends and capital gain distributions you receive from the Fund, whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Fund shares or receive them in cash, are taxable to you at either ordinary income or capital gains tax rates unless you are investing through a tax-deferred plan such as an IRA or 401(k) plan.  

 

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries : If you purchase shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies, including the Adviser, may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

4
 

Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund

Investment Objective : The Fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and current income.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund : This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

Class A Class C Class I Class R

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases

(as a % of offering price)

5.75% 1.00% None None

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)

(as a % of original purchase price)

None 1.00% None None

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage

of the value of your investment)

       
Management Fees 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00%
Distribution (12b-1) and Service Fees 0.25% 1.00% None 0.50%
Other Expenses (1) 0.22% 0.22% 0.22% 0.22%
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses (1) 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% 0.08%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 1.55% 2.30% 1.30% 1.80%

(1) Based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

 

  Example :  This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.  

 

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same.  Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based upon these assumptions your costs would be:

 

  1 year

3 years

 

 Class A

$724

$1,083

Class C

$331

$811

Class I $132 $412
Class R

$183

$566

 

Portfolio Turnover : The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio).  A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. No portfolio turnover rate is provided for the Fund because the Fund has not completed its first fiscal year as of the date of this Prospectus.

 

Principal Investment Strategies : The Fund follows, as closely as possible, a rules-based investment strategy, before fees and expenses that include both a sector tactical overlay and ranking selection strategy. The Fund tracks a custom index, the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Index (the “Custom Index”), that is comprised of stocks from up to nine major economic sectors in the U.S. economy. These nine sectors include: consumer discretionary; consumer staples; energy; financials; health care; industrials; information technology; materials; and utilities.

 

When the tactical algorithms determine a sector is on a “buy,” the Fund invests in the five highest dividend yielding and five highest momentum stocks from that particular sector (ten stocks per sector). Dividend yield is determined as the total of all trailing 12-month regular dividends, divided by the current market price for each stock. A ranking by dividend yield of all stocks in the sector is made and the top five are selected. Momentum is determined by a proprietary factor calculation of the Average Directional Index (“ADX”) and

5
 

Average True Range (“ATR”) relationship for each stock. A ranking by momentum of all stocks in the sector is made and the top five are selected. The Custom Index selects the ten stocks as of the date of the initial investment or tactical reinvestment in the sector. When all nine sectors are on a buy, the Fund will be fully invested in ninety stocks (ten stocks in each sector). Under these circumstances, the Fund will invest approximately 11% of its assets in each of the nine sectors.

 

When the tactical algorithms determine a sector is not on a “buy,” the Fund will move to a defensive position with respect to that particular sector, and will hold cash and/or cash equivalents instead of investing in stocks from the sector. When none of the sectors is on a buy, the Fund will be fully defensive, meaning that all of the Fund’s assets will be invested in cash and/or cash equivalents. If only one or several sectors are on a buy, the Fund will invest approximately 11% of its assets in each of those sectors, with the remainder in cash and/or cash equivalents. Accordingly, the Fund may invest all or a substantial portion of its assets in cash and/or cash equivalents, and may invest in a smaller number of holdings.

 

The Custom Index was developed by Solactive, AG, and the Custom Index shall be calculated and published on a daily basis. The Custom Index methodology and composition are evaluated by the adviser annually. The Fund is managed according to the same rules as the Custom Index. Dividend yielding and momentum stocks are ranked on at least an annual basis. Stocks are re-ranked if, in the interim, an out-of-favor sector moves to a buy.

 

Principal Investment Risks : As with all mutual funds, there is the risk that you could lose money through your investment in the Fund. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program but rather one component of a diversified investment portfolio. Many factors affect the Fund’s net asset value and performance.

 

Equity Risk. Equity securities are susceptible to general market fluctuations and volatile increases and decreases in value as market confidence in and perceptions of their issuers change.
o Dividend-Yielding Companies Risk. A company that has historically paid regular dividends to shareholders may decrease or eliminate dividend payments in the future, which could result in a decrease in the value of the company’s stock and lower performance of the Fund.
o Momentum Investing Risk. An investment in securities with positive momentum entails investing in securities that have had above-average recent returns. These securities may experience greater price volatility than other equity securities, which may negatively impact the investment performance of the Fund.
Market Risk. Overall equity market risk may affect the value of individual instruments in which the Fund invests. Factors such as domestic and foreign economic growth and market conditions, interest rate levels, and political events affect the securities markets. When the value of the Fund’s investments goes down, your investment in the Fund decreases in value and you could lose money.
Sector Risk. The Fund may be subject to the risk that its assets are invested in a particular sector or group of sectors in the economy and, as a result, the Fund’s performance may be adversely impacted by events or developments affecting a sector or group of sectors.  
Small Number of Holdings Risk. To the extent the Fund invests in a smaller number of holdings, the Fund may be more adversely impacted by changes in the price of individual holdings than funds with a greater number of holdings.
Rules-Based Strategy Risk. A rules-based investment strategy may not be successful on an ongoing basis or could contain unknown errors. In addition, the data used may be inaccurate.
Management Risk. The Fund’s investment strategies may not result in an increase in the value of your investment or in overall performance equal to other similar investment vehicles having similar investment strategies. In addition, the Fund’s tactical asset allocation strategy may be unsuccessful and may cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities while in a defensive position.
Issuer-Specific Risk. The value of a specific security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and may perform worse than the market as a whole.
Cash Positions Risk. The Fund may hold a significant position in cash and/or cash equivalent securities. When the Fund’s investment in cash or cash equivalent securities increases, the Fund may not participate in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund were more fully invested.
Limited History of Operations . The Fund has a limited history of operation. In addition, the adviser has not previously managed a mutual fund.
6
 

Performance : Because the Fund has less than a full calendar year of investment operations, no performance information is presented for the Fund at this time.  In the future, performance information will be presented in this section of this Prospectus.  Updated performance information will be available at no cost by visiting www.HanlonFunds.com or by calling 1-844-828-3212.

 

Investment Adviser : Hanlon Investment Management, Inc. (the “Adviser”) serves as investment adviser to the Fund.

 

Portfolio Manager The Fund is managed by John J. (“Sean”) Hanlon, IV, CFP ® , the Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser. Mr. Hanlon has managed the Fund since its inception.

 

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares :   You may purchase and redeem shares of the Fund on any day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading by written request, by telephone at 1-844-828-3212, or through your broker. Redemptions will be paid by automated clearing house funds (“ACH”), check or wire transfer.  The Fund or its Adviser may waive any of the minimum initial and subsequent investment amounts.

 

Class Minimum Investment
Initial Subsequent
A $2,500 $500
C $2,500 $500
I $100,000 $500
R $2,500 $500

 

Tax Information : Dividends and capital gain distributions you receive from the Fund, whether you reinvest your distributions in additional Fund shares or receive them in cash, are taxable to you at either ordinary income or capital gains tax rates unless you are investing through a tax-deferred plan such as an IRA or 401(k) plan.  

 

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries : If you purchase shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies, including the Adviser, may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

7
 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RELATED RISKS

This section provides more detailed information about the investment objectives, principal investment strategies and certain risks of investing in the Hanlon Managed Income Fund and the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund (each a “Fund” and together, the “Funds”). This section also provides information regarding the Funds’ disclosure of portfolio holdings.

 

Hanlon Managed Income Fund

Investment Objective : The Hanlon Managed Income Fund seeks to provide current income, capital preservation and positive risk-adjusted returns. The Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.

Principal Investment Strategies : The Hanlon Managed Income Fund is a tactical asset allocation fund, investing primarily in ETFs and shares of other investment companies (collectively, “underlying funds”). Using a proprietary investment model, the Fund allocates up to 100% of its portfolio in fixed-income underlying funds, including those classified as high-yield bond (also known as “junk bond”) funds. The Fund may also invest all or a portion of its assets in high dividend paying stocks and fixed-income securities. The Fund (or any underlying fund in which the Fund may invest) may sell securities short or leverage its assets by borrowing money from a bank in an amount of up to one-third of its assets (which includes the borrowed amount). For short-term defensive purposes, the Fund may take short or long positions in underlying funds, including inverse-leveraged ETFs.

 

The Fund uses technical analysis and trend-following to tactically manage the Fund, seeking to avoid large losses in the value of Fund assets. The Fund may, when market signals warrant, go defensive, investing all or a substantial portion of Fund assets in cash and/or cash equivalents. The Fund may, at times, invest in underlying funds for hedging purposes.

 

The Fund may invest directly or indirectly in fixed income securities of any maturity or quality, including securities rated below investment grade (often referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds). The Fund may invest without limit in U.S. and non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities of U.S. and foreign (non-U.S.) issuers, including emerging market securities.

 

The Fund is “non-diversified” for purposes of the 1940 Act, which means that the Fund may invest in fewer securities at any one time than a diversified fund.

 

In response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its total assets, without limitation, in high-quality short-term debt securities, money market instruments and cash. These short-term debt securities and money market instruments include: shares of money market mutual funds, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. While the Fund is in a defensive position, the opportunity to achieve upside return may be limited; however, the ability to be fully defensive is an integral part of achieving the Fund’s investment objective.

 

Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund

Investment Objective : The Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund seeks to provide capital appreciation and current income. The Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees upon 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.

Principal Investment Strategies : The Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund follows, as closely as possible, a rules-based investment strategy, before fees and expenses that include both a sector tactical overlay and ranking selection strategy. The Fund tracks a custom index, the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Index (the “Custom Index”), that is comprised of stocks from up to nine major economic sectors in the U.S. economy. These nine sectors include: consumer discretionary; consumer staples; energy; financials; health care; industrials; information technology; materials; and utilities.

When the tactical algorithms determine a sector is on a “buy,” the Fund invests in the five highest dividend yielding and five highest momentum stocks from that particular sector (ten stocks per sector). Dividend yield is determined as the total of all trailing 12-month regular dividends, divided by the current market price for each stock. A ranking by dividend yield of all stocks in the sector is made and the top five are selected. Momentum is determined by a proprietary factor calculation of the Average Directional Index (“ADX”) and Average True Range (“ATR”) relationship for each stock. A ranking by momentum of all stocks in the sector is made and the top five are selected. The Custom Index selects the ten stocks as of the date of the initial investment or tactical reinvestment in the sector. When all nine sectors are on a buy, the Fund will be fully invested in ninety stocks (ten stocks in each sector). Under these circumstances, the Fund will invest approximately 11% of its assets in each of the nine sectors.

 

When the tactical algorithms determine a sector is not on a “buy,” the Fund will move to a defensive position with respect to that particular sector, and will hold cash and/or cash equivalents instead of investing in stocks from the sector. When none of the sectors is on a buy, the Fund will be fully defensive, meaning that all of the Fund’s assets will be invested in cash and/or cash equivalents. If only one or several sectors are on a buy, the Fund will invest approximately 11% of its assets in each of those sectors, with the remainder in cash

8
 

and/or cash equivalents. Accordingly, the Fund may invest all or a substantial portion of its assets in cash and/or cash equivalents, and may invest in a smaller number of holdings.

 

The Custom Index was developed by Solactive, AG, and the Custom Index shall be calculated and published on a daily basis. The Custom Index methodology and composition are evaluated by the adviser annually. The Fund is managed according to the same rules as the Custom Index. Dividend yielding and momentum stocks are ranked on at least an annual basis. Stocks are re-ranked if, in the interim, an out-of-favor sector moves to a buy.

 

In response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its total assets, without limitation, in high-quality short-term debt securities, money market instruments and cash. These short-term debt securities and money market instruments include: shares of money market mutual funds, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. While the Fund is in a defensive position, the opportunity to achieve upside return may be limited; however, the ability to be fully defensive is an integral part of achieving the Fund’s investment objective.

 

Principal Risk Factors

Equity Risk

Equity securities are susceptible to general market fluctuations and volatile increases and decreases in value as market confidence in and perceptions of their issuers change.

· Dividend-Yielding Companies Risk (Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund only). A company that has historically paid regular dividends to shareholders may decrease or eliminate dividend payments in the future, which could result in a decrease in the value of the company’s stock and lower performance of the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund.
· Momentum Investing Risk (Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund only). An investment in securities with positive momentum entails investing in securities that have had above-average recent returns. These securities may experience greater price volatility than other equity securities, which may negatively impact the investment performance of the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund.

Market Risk

Overall equity market risk, including volatility, may affect the value of individual instruments in which a Fund invests. Factors such as domestic and foreign (non-U.S.) economic growth and market conditions, interest rate levels, and political events affect the securities markets. When the value of a Fund’s investments goes down, your investment in such Fund decreases in value and you could lose money.

Rules-Based Strategy Risk

A “rules-based” strategy is a methodology based on a systematic approach. Its investment performance may differ significantly from the performance of any index against which its performance may be compared.

Investment Companies and Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”) Risk (Hanlon Managed Income Fund only)

When the Hanlon Managed Income Fund invests in other investment companies, including ETFs, it will bear additional expenses based on its pro rata share of the other investment company’s or ETF’s operating expenses, including the potential duplication of management fees. In addition, the risk of owning shares of another investment company or an ETF generally reflects the risks of owning the underlying investments such investment company or ETF holds. The Fund also will incur brokerage costs when it purchases and sells ETFs. In addition, the market value of ETF shares may differ from their net asset value. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for fund shares at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the underlying basket of securities. Accordingly, there may be times when ETF shares trade at a premium or discount to net asset value.

· Inverse, Leveraged and Inverse-Leveraged ETFs Risk. The Hanlon Managed Income Fund may invest in inverse, leveraged and inverse-leveraged ETFs. Inverse ETFs generally use derivatives that are designed to produce returns that move in the opposite direction of the indexes they track, meaning that that when the value of the index rises, the inverse ETF suffers a loss. Leveraged ETFs attempt to provide a multiple of the performance of an index. An ETF that utilizes leverage may be more volatile than an ETF that does not because leverage tends to exaggerate any effect on the value of the portfolio securities. Inverse-leveraged ETFs seek returns that correspond to a multiple of the inverse of the performance of an index. Because inverse, leveraged or inverse-leveraged ETFs typically seek to obtain their objective on a daily basis, holding such ETFs for longer than a day will produce the result of the ETF’s return for each day compounded over the period, which usually will differ from the actual multiple (or inverse) of the return of the ETF’s index for the period, particularly when the index experiences large ups and downs.
9
 

Fixed Income Securities Risk (Hanlon Managed Income Fund only)

Fixed income securities are subject to interest rate risk, call risk, credit risk, prepayment and extension risk, and liquidity risk, which are more fully described below.

· Interest Rate Risk. Fixed income securities are subject to the risk that the securities could lose value because of interest rate changes. For example, bonds tend to decrease in value if interest rates rise. Fixed income securities with longer maturities sometimes offer higher yields, but are subject to greater price shifts as a result of interest rate changes than fixed income securities with shorter maturities.
· Call Risk. During periods of declining interest rates, a bond issuer may “call,” or repay, its high yielding bonds before their maturity dates. The Hanlon Managed Income Fund would then be forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates, resulting in a decline in its income.
· Credit Risk. Fixed income securities are generally subject to the risk that the issuer may be unable to make principal and interest payments when they are due. There is also the risk that the securities could lose value because of a loss of confidence in the ability of the borrower to pay back debt. Lower rated fixed income securities involve greater credit risk, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy.
· Prepayment and Extension Risk. Many types of fixed income securities are subject to prepayment risk. Prepayment occurs when the issuer of a fixed income security can repay principal prior to the security’s maturity. Fixed income securities subject to prepayment can offer less potential for gains during a declining interest rate environment and similar or greater potential for loss in a rising interest rate environment. In addition, the potential impact of prepayment features on the price of a fixed income security can be difficult to predict and result in greater volatility. On the other hand, rising interest rates could cause prepayments of the obligations to decrease, extending the life of mortgage- and asset-backed securities with lower payment rates. This is known as extension risk and may increase the Hanlon Managed Income Fund’s sensitivity to rising rates and its potential for price declines.
· Liquidity Risk. Trading opportunities are more limited for fixed income securities that have not received any credit ratings, have received ratings below investment grade or are not widely held. These features make it more difficult to sell or buy a security at a favorable price or time. Consequently, the Hanlon Managed Income Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on its performance. Infrequent trading of securities may also lead to an increase in their price volatility. Liquidity risk also refers to the possibility that the Fund may not be able to sell a security or close out an investment contract when it wants to. If this happens, the Fund will be required to hold the security or keep the position open, and it could incur losses.

High-Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”) Risk (Hanlon Managed Income Fund only)

High-yield securities or “junk bonds” are fixed income securities rated below investment grade. Although junk bonds generally pay higher rates of interest than higher-rated securities, they are subject to a greater risk of loss of income and principal. Junk bonds are subject to greater credit risk than higher-grade securities and have a higher risk of default. Companies issuing high-yield junk bonds are more likely to experience financial difficulties that may lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than issuers of higher grade securities. Issuers of junk bonds are often highly leveraged and are more vulnerable to changes in the economy, such as a recession or rising interest rates, which may affect their ability to meet their interest or principal payment obligations.

Short Sales Risk (Hanlon Managed Income Fund only)

Positions in shorted securities are speculative and more risky than “long” positions (purchases) because the cost of the replacement security is unknown. Therefore, the potential loss on an uncovered short is unlimited, whereas the potential loss on long positions is limited to the original purchase price. You should be aware that any strategy that includes selling securities short could suffer significant losses. Shorting will also result in higher transaction costs (such as interest and dividends), which reduce the Hanlon Managed Income Fund’s return, and may result in higher taxes.

Leveraging Risk (Hanlon Managed Income Fund only)

The use of leverage, such as borrowing for investment purposes, will magnify the Hanlon Managed Income Fund’s gains or losses. The use of leverage may further cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations or to meet collateral segregation requirements. Additionally, money borrowed will be subject to certain costs, such as commitment fees and the cost of maintaining minimum average balances, as well as interest. These costs may exceed the gain on securities purchased with borrowed funds, which will diminish the Fund’s investment performance. Increased operating costs, including the financing cost associated with any leverage, may also impact the Fund’s investment performance. The Fund may also be required to pay fees in connection with borrowings, including loan syndication fees or commitment and administrative fees in connection with a line of credit.

10
 

The Hanlon Managed Income Fund may be required to maintain minimum average balances with a bank lender, either of which would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate. Successful use of borrowing depends on the adviser’s ability to predict interest rates and market movements, and there is no assurance that the use of borrowing will be successful. Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments.

Hedging Transactions Risk (Hanlon Managed Income Fund only)

The Hanlon Managed Income Fund may, at times, invest in other ETFs for hedging purposes . The success of the Fund’s hedging strategy will be subject to the adviser’s ability to correctly assess the degree of correlation between the performance of the instruments used in the hedging strategy and the performance of the investments in the portfolio being hedged. Since the characteristics of many securities change as markets change or time passes, the success of the Fund’s hedging strategy will also be subject to the adviser’s ability to continually recalculate, readjust, and execute hedges in an efficient and timely manner. Investing for hedging purposes or to increase the Fund’s return may result in certain additional transaction costs.

Hedging against a decline in the value of a portfolio position does not eliminate fluctuations in the values of those portfolio positions or prevent losses if the values of those positions decline. Rather, it establishes other positions designed to gain from those same declines, thus seeking to moderate the decline in the portfolio position’s value. Such hedging transactions also limit the opportunity for gain if the value of the portfolio position should increase. For a variety of reasons, the Hanlon Managed Income Fund’s adviser may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Such imperfect correlation may prevent the Fund from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Fund to risk of loss. In addition, it is not possible to hedge fully or perfectly against any risk, and hedging entails its own costs that may reduce the Fund’s performance. The adviser may determine, in its sole discretion, not to hedge against certain risks and certain risks may exist that cannot be hedged. Furthermore, the adviser may not anticipate a particular risk so as to hedge against it effectively. Hedging transactions also limit the opportunity for gain if the value of a hedged portfolio position should increase.

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk (Hanlon Managed Income Fund only)

Foreign (non-U.S.) securities present greater investment risks than investing in the securities of U.S. issuers and may experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than the securities of U.S. companies, due to less information about foreign companies in the form of reports and ratings than about U.S. issuers; different accounting, auditing and financial reporting requirements; smaller markets; nationalization; expropriation or confiscatory taxation; currency blockage; or political changes or diplomatic developments. To the extent that the Hanlon Managed Income Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in a specific geographic region, the Fund will generally have more exposure to regional economic risks associated with foreign investments. Foreign securities may also be less liquid and more difficult to value than securities of U.S. issuers.

Emerging Markets Risk (Hanlon Managed Income Fund only)

The risks associated with foreign (non-U.S.) investments may be more pronounced for investments in issuers in emerging market countries. These risks include a greater likelihood of economic, political or social instability, less liquid and more volatile stock markets, foreign exchange controls, a lack of government regulation and different legal systems, and immature economic structures.

Sector Risk (Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund only)

The Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund may be subject to the risk that its assets are invested in a particular sector or group of sectors in the economy and, as a result, the Fund’s performance may be adversely impacted by events or developments affecting a sector or group of sectors. Securities within the same group of industries may decline in price due to sector-specific market or economic developments.

Small Number of Holdings Risk (Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund only)

To the extent the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund invests in a smaller number of holdings, the Fund may be more adversely impacted by changes in the price of individual holdings than funds with a greater number of holdings.

Management Risk

The Funds’ investment strategies may not result in an increase in the value of your investment in a Fund or in overall performance equal to other similar investment vehicles having similar investment strategies to those of a Fund. In addition, the Funds’ tactical asset allocation strategy may be unsuccessful and may cause the Funds to miss attractive investment opportunities while in a defensive position .

Issuer-Specific Risk

11
 

The value of a specific security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and may perform worse than the market as a whole.

Cash Positions Risk

The Funds may hold a significant position in cash and/or cash equivalent securities. When a Fund’s investment in cash or cash equivalent securities increases, such Fund may not participate in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund were more fully invested.

Non-Diversification Risk (Hanlon Managed Income Fund only)

The Hanlon Managed Income Fund is non-diversified, meaning the Fund may invest its assets in a smaller number of companies or instruments than many other funds. As a result, changes in the value of a single investment may have a significant effect on the Fund’s net asset value. Lack of broad diversification also may cause the Fund to be more susceptible to specific economic, political or regulatory events than a diversified fund. Although the Fund intends to satisfy the diversification requirements of a regulated investment company under section 851 of the Internal Revenue Code, those requirements are not as stringent as those required of a diversified fund under the 1940 Act.

Limited History of Operations

The Funds have a limited history of operation. Mutual funds and their advisers are subject to restrictions and limitations imposed by the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code that do not apply to the adviser’s management of individual and institutional accounts. As a result, investors cannot judge likely mutual fund performance of the adviser by its track record of managing non-mutual fund assets. The investment adviser may not achieve its intended result in managing the Funds.

Portfolio Holdings Disclosure

A description of the Funds’ policies regarding the release of portfolio holdings information is available in the SAI. Shareholders may request portfolio holdings schedules at no charge by calling 1-844-828-3212.

MANAGEMENT

Investment Adviser

Hanlon Investment Management, Inc. serves as the investment adviser to the Funds. Its principal offices are located at 3393 Bargaintown Road, Egg Harbor Township, NJ 08234. The Adviser is an SEC-registered independent investment management firm founded in 1999 and has approximately $3.4 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2014. Subject to the supervision of the Funds’ Board of Trustees, the Adviser is responsible for managing the Funds’ investments, executing transactions and providing related administrative services and facilities under an Investment Advisory Agreement between the Funds and the Adviser.

The Adviser has entered into an advisory agreement with the Funds, whereby the Adviser is entitled to receive an annual fee equal to 1.00% of each Fund’s average daily net assets. In addition to investment advisory fees, each Fund pays other expenses including costs incurred in connection with the maintenance of its securities law registration, printing and mailing prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information to shareholders, certain financial accounting services, taxes or governmental fees, custodial, transfer and shareholder servicing agent costs, expenses of outside counsel and independent accountants, preparation of shareholder reports and expenses of trustee and shareholders meetings.

The Adviser has contractually agreed to reduce each Fund’s fees and/or absorb expenses of each Fund until at least December 1, 2016 to ensure that total annual Fund operating expenses (exclusive of any front-end or contingent deferred loads; brokerage fees and commissions; expenses of other investment companies in which a Fund may invest (“acquired fund fees and expenses”); borrowing costs, such as interest and dividend expense on securities sold short; taxes; and extraordinary expenses, such as litigation expenses) of each Fund do not exceed 1.70%, 2.45%, 1.45% and 1.95% of average daily net assets attributable to Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R shares, respectively. This agreement may be terminated with respect to a Fund by the Board of Trustees on 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser. These expense reimbursements are subject to possible recoupment from a Fund in future years on a rolling three-year basis (within three years after the fees have been waived or reimbursed) if such recoupment can be achieved within the foregoing expense limits.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement will be available in the Funds’ first annual or semi-annual shareholder report.

12
 

Portfolio Manager

John J. (“Sean”) Hanlon, IV, CFP ®

Sean Hanlon, CFP ® , founded Hanlon Investment Management, Inc. in 1999 and currently serves as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer. He serves on the Board of Trustees of the Stevens Institute of Technology, where he is Chairman of the Investment Committee and a member of the Finance Committee, He is also Chairman of the Advisory Board for the Stevens Financial Systems Center. Mr. Hanlon earned a Bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from the Stevens Institute of Technology in 1980.

 

HOW SHARES ARE PRICED

The net asset value (“NAV”) and offering price (NAV plus any applicable sales charges) of each class of shares is determined at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business.  NAV is computed by determining, on a per class basis, the aggregate market value of all assets of each Fund, less its liabilities, divided by the total number of shares outstanding ((assets liabilities)/number of shares = NAV). The NYSE is closed on weekends and New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The NAV takes into account, on a per class basis, the expenses and fees of each Fund, including management, administration, and distribution fees, which are accrued daily. The determination of NAV for a share class for a particular day is applicable to all applications for the purchase of shares, as well as all requests for the redemption of shares, received by each Fund (or an authorized broker or agent, or its authorized designee) before the close of trading on the NYSE on that day.  

Generally, each Fund’s securities are valued each day at the last quoted sales price on each security’s primary exchange. Securities traded or dealt in upon one or more securities exchanges (whether domestic or foreign) for which market quotations are readily available and not subject to restrictions against resale shall be valued at the last quoted sales price on the primary exchange or, in the absence of a sale on the primary exchange, at the mean of the last bid and ask price on the primary exchange. Securities primarily traded in the National Association of Securities Dealers’ Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”) National Market System for which market quotations are readily available shall be valued using the NASDAQ Official Closing Price.  If market quotations are not readily available, securities will be valued at their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Adviser in accordance with procedures approved by the Board and evaluated by the Board as to the reliability of the fair value method used.  In these cases, each Fund’s NAV will reflect certain portfolio securities’ fair value rather than their market price.  Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security is materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security. The fair value prices can differ from market prices when they become available or when a price becomes available.  

Each Fund may use independent pricing services to assist in calculating the fair market value of each Fund’s securities.  In addition, market prices for foreign (non-U.S.) securities are not determined at the same time of day as the NAV for each Fund. To the extent a Fund invests in ETFs that hold portfolio securities primarily listed on foreign (non-U.S.) exchanges, the value of some of the Fund’s portfolio securities may change on days when you may not be able to buy or sell Fund shares because these exchanges may trade on weekends or other days when the underlying ETFs do not price their shares. In computing the NAV, each Fund values foreign (non-U.S.) securities held by each Fund at the latest closing price on the exchange in which they are traded immediately prior to closing of the NYSE.  Prices of foreign (non-U.S.) securities quoted in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at current rates. If events materially affecting the value of a security in each Fund’s portfolio, particularly foreign (non-U.S.) securities, occur after the close of trading on a foreign (non-U.S.) market but before each Fund prices its shares, the security will be valued at fair value.  For example, if trading in a portfolio security is halted and does not resume before each Fund calculates its NAV, the Adviser may need to price the security using each Fund’s fair value pricing guidelines. Without a fair value price, short-term traders could take advantage of the arbitrage opportunity and dilute the NAV of long-term investors. Fair valuation of each Fund’s portfolio securities can serve to reduce arbitrage opportunities available to short-term traders, but there is no assurance that fair value pricing policies will prevent dilution of each Fund’s NAV by short term traders. The determination of fair value involves subjective judgments.  As a result, using fair value to price a security may result in a price materially different from the prices used by other mutual funds to determine NAV, or from the price that may be realized upon the actual sale of the security.

With respect to any portion of each Fund’s assets that are invested in one or more open-end management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, each Fund’s net asset value is calculated based upon the net asset values of those open-end management investment companies, and the prospectuses for these companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing.

13
 

HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES

Share Classes: This Prospectus describes four classes of shares offered by each Fund: Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R. Each Fund offers these four classes of shares so that you can choose the class that best suits your investment needs. Refer to the information below to help you make your investment decision.  The main differences between each class are sales charges, ongoing fees and minimum investment requirements. In choosing which class of shares to purchase, you should consider which will be most beneficial to you, given the amount of your purchase and the length of time you expect to hold the shares. For information on ongoing distribution fees, see the section entitled Distribution Fees in this Prospectus.  Each class of shares in each Fund represents an interest in the same portfolio of investments within each Fund.  There is no investment minimum on reinvested distributions, and each Fund may change investment minimums at any time.  Each Fund reserves the right to waive sales charges, as described below. Each Fund and the Adviser may each waive investment minimums at their individual discretion. All share classes may not be available for purchase in all states.

Class A

Class A shares are offered at their public offering price, which is NAV plus the applicable sales charge and is subject to 12b-1 distribution fees of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of Class A shares.  The minimum initial investment in Class A shares of each Fund is $2,500 for all accounts.  The minimum subsequent investment in Class A shares of each Fund is $500 for all accounts.  The sales charge varies, depending on how much you invest.  There are no sales charges on reinvested distributions.  The following sales charges, which may be waived in the Adviser’s discretion, apply to your purchases of Class A shares of each Fund:

Amount Invested Sales Charge as a % of Offering Price (1) Sales Charge as a % of Amount Invested Dealer Reallowance
Under $25,000 5.75% 6.10% 5.00%
$25,000 to $49,999 5.00% 5.26% 4.25%
$50,000 to $99,999 4.75% 4.99% 4.00%
$100,000 to $249,999 3.75% 3.83% 3.25%
$250,000 to $499,999 2.50% 2.56% 2.00%
$500,000 to $999,999 2.00% 2.04% 1.75%
$1,000,000 and above (2) 0.00% 0.00% See below
(1) Offering price includes the front-end sales load.  The sales charge you pay may differ slightly from the amount set forth above because of rounding that occurs in the calculation used to determine your sales charge.
(2) A selling broker may receive commissions on purchases of Class A shares over $1 million calculated as follows: 1.00% on purchases equal to or greater than $1 million but less than $3 million, 0.50% on amounts equal to or greater than $3 million but less than $5 million, and 0.25% on amounts equal to or greater than $5 million. The commission rate is determined based on the purchase amount combined with the current market value of existing investments in Class A shares.

As shown, investors that purchase $1,000,000 or more of each Fund’s Class A shares will not pay any initial sales charge on the purchase. However, purchases of $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares may be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) on shares redeemed during the first 18 months after their purchase in the amount of the commissions paid on the shares redeemed. The Class A CDSC does not apply if you are otherwise eligible to purchase Class A shares without an initial sales charge or are eligible for a waiver of the CDSC. See “Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charges” below.

 

How to Reduce Your Sales Charge

 

You may be eligible to purchase Class A shares at a reduced sales charge. To qualify for these reductions, you must notify the Funds’ distributor, Northern Lights Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), in writing and supply your account number at the time of purchase. You may combine your purchase with those of your “immediate family” (your spouse and your children under the age of 21) for purposes of determining eligibility. If applicable, you will need to provide the account numbers of your spouse and your minor children as well as the ages of your minor children.

 

Rights of Accumulation : To qualify for the lower sales charge rates that apply to larger purchases of Class A shares, you may combine your new purchases of Class A shares with Class A shares of a Fund that you already own. The applicable initial sales charge

14
 

for the new purchase is based on the total of your current purchase and the current value of all other Class A shares that you own. The reduced sales charge will apply only to current purchases and must be requested in writing when you buy your shares.

Shares of each Fund are held as follows and cannot be combined with your current purchase for purposes of reduced sales charges:

 

·          Shares held indirectly through financial intermediaries other than your current purchase broker-dealer (for example, a different broker-dealer, a bank, a separate insurance company account or an investment advisor);

·          Shares held through an administrator or trustee/custodian of an Employer Sponsored Retirement Plan (for example, a 401(k) plan) other than employer-sponsored IRAs;

·          Shares held directly in the Fund account on which the broker-dealer (financial advisor) of record is different than your current purchase broker-dealer.

Letter of Intent : Under a Letter of Intent (“LOI”), you commit to purchase a specified dollar amount of Class A shares of a Fund, with a minimum of $25,000, during a 13-month period. At your written request, Class A shares purchases made during the previous 90 days may be included. The amount you agree to purchase determines the initial sales charge you pay. If the full-face amount of the LOI is not invested by the end of the 13-month period, your account will be adjusted to the higher initial sales charge level for the amount actually invested. You are not legally bound by the terms of your LOI to purchase the amount of your shares stated in the LOI. The LOI does, however, authorize each Fund to hold in escrow 5% of the total amount you intend to purchase. If you do not complete the total intended purchase at the end of the 13-month period, each Fund’s transfer agent will redeem the necessary portion of the escrowed shares to make up the difference between the reduced rate sales charge (based on the amount you intended to purchase) and the sales charge that would normally apply (based on the actual amount you purchased).

 

Repurchase of Class A Shares : If you have redeemed Class A shares of a Fund within the past 120 days, you may repurchase an equivalent amount of Class A shares of such Fund at NAV, without the normal front-end sales charge. In effect, this allows you to reacquire shares that you may have had to redeem, without repaying the front-end sales charge. You may exercise this privilege only once and must notify the Fund that you intend to do so in writing. The Fund must receive your purchase order within 120 days of your redemption. Note that if you reacquire shares through separate installments (e.g., through monthly or quarterly repurchases), the sales charge waiver will only apply to those portions of your repurchase order received within 120 days of your redemption.

 

Sales Charge Waivers

 

The sales charge on purchases of Class A shares is waived for certain types of investors, including:

·          Current and retired directors and officers of any Fund sponsored by the Adviser or any of its subsidiaries, and their families ( e.g. , spouse, children, mother or father).

·          Employees of the Adviser and their families, or any full-time employee or registered representative of the Distributor or of broker-dealers having dealer agreements with the Distributor (a “Selling Broker”) and their immediate families (or any trust, pension, profit sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons).

·          Any full-time employee of a bank, savings and loan, credit union or other financial institution that utilizes a Selling Broker to clear purchases of a Fund’s shares and their immediate families.

·          Participants in certain “wrap-fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker-dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the Distributor.

·          Clients of financial intermediaries that have entered into arrangements with the Distributor providing for the shares to be used in particular investment products made available to such clients and for which such registered investment advisers may charge a separate fee.

·          Institutional investors (which may include bank trust departments and registered investment advisers).

·          Any accounts established on behalf of registered investment advisers or their clients by broker-dealers that charge a transaction fee and that have entered into agreements with the Distributor.

·          Separate accounts used to fund certain unregistered variable annuity contracts or Section 403(b) or 401(a) or (k) accounts.

·          Employer-sponsored retirement or benefit plans with total plan assets in excess of $5 million where the plan’s investments in a Fund are part of an omnibus account. A minimum initial investment of $1 million in the Fund is required. The Distributor in its sole discretion may waive these minimum dollar requirements.

·          Any government entity that is prohibited from paying a sales charge or commission to purchase mutual fund shares.

·          Any purchases by clients of the Adviser or purchases referred through the Adviser.

15
 

The Funds do not waive sales charges for the reinvestment of proceeds from the sale of shares of a different fund where those shares were subject to a front-end sales charge (sometimes called an “NAV transfer”).

 

Class C

Class C shares of each Fund are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge. This means that 100% of your initial investment is placed into shares of a Fund. Class C shares pay up to 1.00% on an annualized basis of the average daily net assets as reimbursement or compensation for service and distribution-related activities with respect to a Fund and/or shareholder services. Over time, fees paid under this distribution and service plan will increase the cost of a Class C shareholder’s investment and may cost more than other types of sales charges. Additionally, you normally pay a CDSC of 1% if you redeem Class C shares during the first year after your initial purchase. The Class C CDSC is waived for certain categories of investors. See “Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charges” below. The minimum initial investment in Class C shares of each Fund is $2,500. The minimum subsequent investment in Class C shares of each Fund is $500.

 

Years Since Purchase Payment was Made Dealer Reallowance
First 1.00%
Thereafter 0.00%

 

 

A CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class C shares (and where applicable, Class A shares) on the amount of the redemption which causes the current value of your account for the particular class of shares of a Fund to fall below the total dollar amount of your purchase payments subject to the CDSC.

 

The following rules apply under the method for calculating CDSCs:

·          Shares acquired through the reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions will be redeemed first and will not be subject to any CDSC.

·          For the redemption of all other shares, the CDSC will be based on either your original purchase price or the then current NAV of the shares being sold, whichever is lower. To illustrate this point, consider shares purchased at an NAV per share of $10. If a Fund’s NAV per share at the time of redemption is $12, the CDSC will apply to the purchase price of $10. If the NAV per share at the time of redemption is $8, the CDSC will apply to the $8 current NAV per share.

·          CDSCs will be deducted from the proceeds of your redemption, not from amounts remaining in your account.

·          In determining whether a CDSC is payable, it is assumed that the shareholder will redeem first the lot of shares which will incur the lowest CDSC.

 

The following example illustrates the operation of the Class C CDSC:

·          Assume that an individual opens an account and makes a purchase payment of $10,000 for 1,000 Class C shares of a Fund (at $10 per share) and that six months later the value of the investor’s account for that Fund has grown through investment performance to $11,000 ($11 per share). If the investor should redeem $2,200 (200 shares), a CDSC would be applied against $2,000 of the redemption (the purchase price of the shares redeemed, because the purchase price is lower than the current NAV of such shares ($2,200)). At the rate of 1%, the Class C CDSC would be $20.

 

Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

 

The initial sales charges on Class A shares and the CDSCs on Class A and Class C shares may be reduced or waived under certain purchase arrangements and for certain categories of investors. The CDSC applicable to Class A and Class C shares is currently waived for:

·          Any partial or complete redemption in connection with (a) required minimum distributions to IRA account owners or beneficiaries who are age 70 1/2 or older or (b) distributions to participants in employer-sponsored retirement plans upon attaining age 59 1/2 or on account of death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e) of the Internal Revenue Code) that occurs after the purchase of Class A or Class C shares.

·          Any partial or complete redemption in connection with a qualifying loan or hardship withdrawal from an employer sponsored retirement plan.

·          Any complete redemption in connection with a distribution from a qualified employer retirement plan in connection with termination of employment or termination of the employer’s plan and the transfer to another employer’s plan or to an IRA.

·          Any partial or complete redemption following death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e) of the Internal Revenue Code) of an individual holding shares for his or her own account and/or as the last survivor of a joint

16
 

tenancy arrangement (this provision, however, does not cover an individual holding in a fiduciary capacity or as a nominee or agent or a legal entity that is other than an individual or the owners or beneficiaries of any such entity) provided the redemption is requested within one year of the death or initial determination of disability and provided the death or disability occurs after the purchase of the shares.

·          Any redemption resulting from a return of an excess contribution to a qualified employer retirement plan or an IRA.

·          Up to 10% per year of the value of a Fund account that (a) has the value of at least $10,000 at the start of such year and (b) is subject to an Automatic Withdrawal Plan.

·          Redemptions by Trustees, officers and employees of any of the Trust and by directors, officers and employees of the Distributor, the Adviser or its affiliates.

·          Redemptions effected pursuant to a Fund’s right to involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s Fund account if the aggregate net asset value of shares held in such shareholder’s account is less than a minimum account size specified in such Fund’s prospectus.

·          Involuntary redemptions caused by operation of law.

·          Redemptions of shares of a Fund that is combined with another investment company, or personal holding company by virtue of a merger, acquisition or other similar reorganization transaction.

·          Redemptions by a shareholder who is a participant making periodic purchases of not less than $50 through certain employer sponsored savings plans that are clients of a broker-dealer with which the Distributor has an agreement with respect to such purchases.

·          Redemptions effected by trustees or other fiduciaries who have purchased shares for employer-sponsored plans, the trustee, administrator, fiduciary, broker, trust company or registered investment adviser for which has an agreement with the Distributor with respect to such purchases.

·          Redemptions in connection with IRA accounts established with Form 5305-SIMPLE under the Internal Revenue Code for which the Trust is the designated financial institution.

·          A redemption by a holder of Class A shares who purchased $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares (and therefore did not pay a sales charge) where the participating broker or dealer involved in the sale of such shares waived the commission it would normally receive from the Distributor pursuant to an agreement with the Distributor.

·          A redemption by a holder of Class A or Class C shares where the participating broker or dealer involved in the purchase of such shares waived all payments it normally would receive from the Distributor at the time of purchase ( i.e. , commissions or reallowances of initial sales charges and advancements of service and distribution fees).

·          A redemption by a holder of Class A or Class C shares where, by agreement with the Distributor, the participating broker or dealer involved in the purchase of such shares waived a portion of any payment it normally would receive from the Distributor at the time of purchase (or otherwise agreed to a variation from the normal payment schedule) in connection with such purchase.

 

The Distributor may require documentation prior to waiver of the CDSC for any class, including distribution letters, certification by plan administrators, applicable tax forms, death certificates, physicians’ certificates ( e.g. , with respect to disabilities), etc.

 

Exempt Transactions; No CDSCs or Payments to Brokers

 

Investors will not be subject to CDSCs, and brokers and dealers will not receive any commissions or reallowances of initial sales charges or advancements of service and distribution fees, on the transactions described below (which are sometimes referred to as “Exempt Transactions”):

·     A redemption by a holder of Class A or Class C shares where the participating broker or dealer involved in the purchase of such shares waived all payments it normally would receive from the Distributor at the time of purchase ( e.g. , commissions and/or reallowances of initial sales charges and advancements of service and distribution fees.

 

·     A redemption by a holder of Class A or Class C shares where, by agreement with the Distributor, the participating broker or dealer involved in the purchase of such shares waived a portion of any payment it normally would receive from the Distributor at the time of purchase (or otherwise agreed to a variation from the normal payment schedule) in connection with such purchase.

 

 

17
 

Class I

Class I shares of each Fund are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge and are not subject to 12b-1 distribution fees. This means that 100% of your initial investment is placed into shares of a Fund. Class I shares require a minimum initial investment of $100,000 and the minimum subsequent investment is $500.

 

Class I shares are available to certain institutional investors, and directly to certain individual investors as set forth below:

 

·         Institutional Investors may include, but are not limited to, corporations, retirement plans, foundations/endowments and investors who purchase through a wrap account offered through a selling group member that enters into a wrap fee program agreement with the Distributor.

·          Individual Investors include trustees, officers and employees of the Trust and its affiliates, and immediate family members of all such persons.

·          Clients of the Adviser or Sub-Adviser or purchases referred through the Adviser or Sub-Adviser.

For accounts sold through financial intermediaries, it is the primary responsibility of the financial intermediary to ensure compliance with eligibility requirements such as investor type and investment minimums.

Class R

Class R shares of each Fund are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge and are subject to 12b-1 distribution fees of up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets of Class R shares.  This means that 100% of your initial investment is placed into shares of a Fund. The minimum initial investment in Class R shares of a Fund is $2,500.  The minimum subsequent investment in Class R shares of a Fund is $500.

Class R shares are available only to certain employer-sponsored retirement, savings or benefit plans held in plan level or omnibus accounts. Class R shares are not available to non-retirement accounts, traditional or Roth IRAs, Coverdell Education Savings Accounts, SEPs, SAR-SEPs, Simple IRAs, individual 403(b)s and most individual retirement accounts.

Factors to Consider When Choosing a Share Class: When deciding which class of shares to purchase, you should consider your investment goals, present and future amounts you may invest in a Fund, and the length of time you intend to hold your shares. To help you make a determination as to which class of shares to buy, please refer back to the examples of a Fund’s expenses over time in the Fees and Expenses of each Fund section for each Fund in this Prospectus. You also may wish to consult with your financial adviser for advice with regard to which share class would be most appropriate for you.

Purchasing Shares : You may purchase shares of a Fund by sending a completed application form (the “Application”) to the following address:

Regular/Express/Overnight Mail
Hanlon Managed Income Fund
c/o Gemini Fund Services, LLC
17605 Wright Street, Suite 2
Omaha, Nebraska 68130

-or-

Regular/Express/Overnight Mail
Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund
c/o Gemini Fund Services, LLC
17605 Wright Street, Suite 2
Omaha, Nebraska 68130

The USA PATRIOT Act requires financial institutions, including the Funds, to adopt certain policies and programs to prevent money-laundering activities, including procedures to verify the identity of customers opening new accounts. As requested on the Application, you should supply your full name, date of birth, social security number and permanent street address. Mailing addresses containing a P.O. Box will not be accepted. This information will assist a Fund in verifying your identity. Until such verification is made, a Fund may temporarily limit additional share purchases. In addition, a Fund may limit additional share purchases or close an account if it is unable to verify a shareholder’s identity. As required by law, each Fund may employ various procedures, such as comparing the information to fraud databases or requesting additional information or documentation from you, to ensure that the information supplied by you is correct.

18
 

Purchase through Brokers: You may invest in either Fund through brokers or agents who have entered into selling agreements with the Fund’s distributor. The brokers and agents are authorized to receive purchase and redemption orders on behalf of a Fund. A Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or its designee receives the order. The broker or agent may set their own initial and subsequent investment minimums. You may be charged a fee if you use a broker or agent to buy or redeem shares of a Fund. Finally, various servicing agents use procedures and impose restrictions that may be in addition to, or different from those applicable to investors purchasing shares directly from a Fund. You should carefully read the program materials provided to you by your servicing agent.  

Purchase by Wire: If you wish to wire money to make an investment in a Fund, please call the Hanlon Managed Income Fund at 1-844-828-3212 or the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund at 1-844-828-3212 for wiring instructions and to notify the respective Fund that a wire transfer is coming. Any commercial bank can transfer same-day funds via wire. Each Fund will normally accept wired funds for investment on the day received if they are received by the respective Fund’s designated bank before the close of regular trading on the NYSE. Your bank may charge you a fee for wiring same-day funds.   

Automatic Investment Plan: You may participate in either Fund’s Automatic Investment Plan, an investment plan that automatically moves money from your bank account and invests it in the respective Fund through the use of electronic funds transfers or automatic bank drafts. You may elect to make subsequent investments by transfers of a minimum of $100 on specified days of each month into your established Fund account. Please contact the Hanlon Managed Income Fund at 1-844-828-3212 or the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund at 1-844-828-3212 for more information about the respective Fund’s Automatic Investment Plan.

Minimum and Additional Investment Amounts: The minimum initial investment for Class A, Class C and Class R shares is $2,500. The minimum initial investment for Class I shares is $100,000. The minimum additional investment for Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R shares is $500.  There is no minimum investment requirement when you are buying shares by reinvesting dividends and distributions from either Fund. Each Fund reserves the right to waive or change any investment minimum requirement. These minimum investment requirements do not apply to investors who purchase shares through certain advisory programs offered by financial intermediaries. Investors purchasing shares through these programs should consult their financial intermediary for information about any minimum investment requirements.

Each Fund, however, reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject any application to purchase shares. Applications will not be accepted unless they are accompanied by a check drawn on a U.S. bank, thrift institutions, or credit union in U.S. funds for the full amount of the shares to be purchased. After you open an account, you may purchase additional shares by sending a check together with written instructions stating the name(s) on the account and the account number, to the above address. Make all checks payable to either the Hanlon Managed Income Fund or the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund. The Funds will not accept payment in cash, including cashier’s checks or money orders. Also, to prevent check fraud, the Funds will not accept third party checks, U.S. Treasury checks, credit card checks or starter checks for the purchase of shares.

Note: Gemini Fund Services, LLC, the Funds’ transfer agent, will charge a $25 fee against a shareholder’s account, in addition to any loss sustained by a Fund, for any check returned to the transfer agent for insufficient funds.

When Order is Processed: All shares will be purchased at the NAV per share (plus applicable sales charges, if any) next determined after the respective Fund receives your application or request in good order. All requests received in good order by each Fund before 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time) will be processed on that same day. Requests received after 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time) will be processed on the next business day.   

Good Order: When making a purchase request, make sure your request is in good order.

“Good order” means your purchase request includes:   

· the name of a Fund;
· the dollar amount of shares to be purchased;
· a completed purchase application or investment stub; and
· check payable to the “Hanlon Managed Income Fund” or the “Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund.”

Retirement Plans : You may purchase shares of a Fund for your individual retirement plans. Please call the Hanlon Managed Income Fund at 1-844-828-3212 or the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund at 1-844-828-3212 for the most current listing and appropriate disclosure documentation on how to open a retirement account.  

19
 

HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

Redeeming Shares : If you hold shares directly through an account with a Fund, you may redeem all or any portion of the shares credited to your account by submitting a written request for redemption to:  

Regular/Express/Overnight Mail

Hanlon Managed Income Fund
c/o Gemini Fund Services, LLC
17605 Wright Street, Suite 2
Omaha, Nebraska 68130

 

-or-

Regular/Express/Overnight Mail
Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund
c/o Gemini Fund Services, LLC
17605 Wright Street, Suite 2
Omaha, Nebraska 68130

Redemptions by Telephone: The telephone redemption privilege is automatically available to all new accounts except retirement accounts.  If you do not want the telephone redemption privilege, you must indicate this in the appropriate area on your account application or you must write to the applicable Fund and instruct it to remove this privilege from your account. The proceeds, which are equal to number of shares times NAV less any applicable deferred sales charges or redemption fees, will be sent by mail to the address designated on your account or sent electronically, via ACH or wire, directly to your existing account in a bank or brokerage firm in the United States as designated on your application. To redeem by telephone, call the Hanlon Managed Income Fund at 1-844-828-3212 or the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund at 1-844-828-3212. The redemption proceeds normally will be sent by mail or electronically within three business days after receipt of your telephone instructions. IRA accounts are not redeemable by telephone.  

Each Fund reserves the right to suspend the telephone redemption privileges with respect to your account if the name(s) or the address on the account has been changed within the previous 30 days. Neither a Fund, its transfer agent, nor its respective affiliates will be liable for complying with telephone instructions they reasonably believe to be genuine or for any loss, damage, cost or expenses in acting on such telephone instructions and you will be required to bear the risk of any such loss.  Each Fund or the transfer agent, or both, will employ reasonable procedures to determine that telephone instructions are genuine. If a Fund and/or the transfer agent do not employ these procedures, they may be liable to you for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. These procedures may include, among others, requiring forms of personal identification prior to acting upon telephone instructions, providing written confirmation of the transactions and/or tape recording telephone instructions.  

Redemptions through Broker: If shares of a Fund are held by a broker-dealer, financial institution or other servicing agent, you must contact that servicing agent to redeem shares of the applicable Fund. The servicing agent may charge a fee for this service.  

Redemptions by Wire: You may request that your redemption proceeds be wired directly to your bank account. Each Fund’s transfer agent imposes a $15 fee for each wire redemption and deducts the fee directly from your account. Your bank may also impose a fee for the incoming wire.  

Automatic Withdrawal Plan: If your individual account, IRA or other qualified plan account has a current account value of at least $10,000, you may participate in either Fund’s Automatic Withdrawal Plan, an investment plan that automatically moves money to your bank account from the respective Fund through the use of electronic funds transfers. You may elect to make subsequent withdrawals by transfers of a minimum of $100 on specified days of each month into your established bank account. Please contact the Hanlon Managed Income Fund at 1-844-828-3212 or the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund at 1-844-828-3212 for more information about the respective Fund’s Automatic Withdrawal Plan.

Redemptions in Kind: Each Fund reserves the right to honor requests for redemption or repurchase orders made by a shareholder during any 90-day period by making payment in whole or in part in portfolio securities (“redemption in kind”) if the amount of such a request is large enough to affect operations (if the request is greater than the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the respective Fund’s net assets at the beginning of the 90-day period).  The securities will be chosen by a Fund and valued using the same procedures as used in calculating the Fund’s NAV. A shareholder may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.

When Redemptions are Sent: Once a Fund receives your redemption request in “good order” as described below, it will issue a check based on the next determined NAV following your redemption request. The redemption proceeds normally will be sent by mail or by wire within three business days after receipt of a request in “good order.” If you purchase shares using a check and soon after request a

20
 

redemption, your redemption proceeds will not be sent until the check used for your purchase has cleared your bank (usually within 10 days of the purchase date).

Good Order : Your redemption request will be processed if it is in “good order.”  To be in good order, the following conditions must be satisfied:

· The request should be in writing, unless redeeming by telephone, indicating the number of shares or dollar amount to be redeemed;
· The request must identify your account number;  
· The request should be signed by you and any other person listed on the account, exactly as the shares are registered; and
· If you request that the redemption proceeds be sent to a person, bank or an address other than that of record or paid to someone other than the record owner(s), or if the address was changed within the last 30 days, or if the proceeds of a requested redemption exceed $50,000, the signature(s) on the request must be medallion signature guaranteed by an eligible signature guarantor.

When You Need Medallion Signature Guarantees  : If you wish to change the bank or brokerage account that you have designated on your account, you may do so at any time by writing to the respective Fund with your signature guaranteed.  A medallion signature guarantee assures that a signature is genuine and protects you from unauthorized account transfers. You will need your signature guaranteed if:

· you request a redemption to be made payable to a person not on record with the applicable Fund;
· you request that a redemption be mailed to an address other than that on record with the applicable Fund;
· the proceeds of a requested redemption exceed $50,000;
· any redemption is transmitted by federal wire transfer to a bank other than the bank of record; or
· your address was changed within 30 days of your redemption request.

Signatures may be guaranteed by any eligible guarantor institution (including banks, brokers and dealers, credit unions, national securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings associations).  Further documentation will be required to change the designated account if shares are held by a corporation, fiduciary or other organization. A notary public cannot guarantee signatures.

Retirement Plans : If you own an IRA or other retirement plan, you must indicate on your redemption request whether a Fund should withhold federal income tax. Unless you elect in your redemption request that you do not want to have federal tax withheld, the redemption will be subject to withholding.  

Low Balances : If at any time your account balance falls below $2,000 ($1,000 for retirement accounts), a Fund may notify you that, unless the account is brought up to at least $2,000 ($1,000 for retirement accounts) within 30 days of the notice, your account could be closed. After the notice period, a Fund may redeem all of your shares and close your account by sending you a check to the address of record. Your account will not be closed if the account balance drops below $2,000 ($1,000 for retirement accounts) due to a decline in NAV.

FREQUENT PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS OF FUND SHARES

The Funds discourage and do not accommodate market timing. Frequent trading into and out of a Fund can harm the respective Fund’s shareholders by disrupting that Fund’s investment strategies, increasing Fund expenses, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Each Fund is designed for long-term investors and is not intended for market timing or other disruptive trading activities. Accordingly, the Funds’ Board has approved policies that seek to curb these disruptive activities while recognizing that shareholders may have a legitimate need to adjust their Fund investments as their financial needs or circumstances change. Each Fund currently uses several methods to reduce the risk of market timing. These methods include:

· Committing staff to review, on a continuing basis, recent trading activity in order to identify trading activity that may be contrary to the Fund’s “Market Timing Trading Policy”;
· Rejecting or limiting specific purchase requests; and
· Rejecting purchase requests from certain investors.
21
 

Though these methods involve judgments that are inherently subjective and involve some selectivity in their application, each Fund seeks to make judgments and applications that are consistent with the interests of the respective Fund’s shareholders.  

Based on the frequency of redemptions in your account, the Adviser or transfer agent may in its sole discretion determine that your trading activity is detrimental to a Fund as described in the Fund’s Market Timing Trading Policy and elect to (i) reject or limit the amount, number, frequency or method for requesting future purchases into the Fund and/or (ii) reject or limit the amount, number, frequency or method for requesting future exchanges or redemptions out of the Fund.

Each Fund reserves the right to reject or restrict purchase requests for any reason, particularly when the shareholder’s trading activity suggests that the shareholder may be engaged in market timing or other disruptive trading activities. Neither a Fund nor the Adviser will be liable for any losses resulting from rejected purchase orders. The Adviser may also bar an investor who has violated these policies (and the investor’s financial adviser) from opening new accounts with a Fund or any Funds.  

Although each Fund attempts to limit disruptive trading activities, some investors use a variety of strategies to hide their identities and their trading practices. There can be no guarantee that a Fund will be able to identify or limit these activities. Omnibus account arrangements are common forms of holding shares of a Fund.  While each Fund will encourage financial intermediaries to apply the respective Fund’s Market Timing Trading Policy to their customers who invest indirectly in the respective Fund, each Fund is limited in its ability to monitor the trading activity or enforce the respective Fund’s Market Timing Trading Policy with respect to customers of financial intermediaries. For example, should it occur, a Fund may not be able to detect market timing that may be facilitated by financial intermediaries or made difficult to identify in the omnibus accounts used by those intermediaries for aggregated purchases, exchanges and redemptions on behalf of all their customers. More specifically, unless the financial intermediaries have the ability to apply a Fund’s Market Timing Trading Policy to their customers through such methods as implementing short-term trading limitations or restrictions and monitoring trading activity for what might be market timing, the Fund may not be able to determine whether trading by customers of financial intermediaries is contrary to the Fund’s Market Timing Trading Policy. Brokers maintaining omnibus accounts with a Fund have agreed to provide shareholder transaction information to the extent known to the broker to the Fund upon request. If a Fund or its transfer agent or shareholder servicing agent suspects there is market timing activity in the account, the Fund will seek full cooperation from the service provider maintaining the account to identify the underlying participant. At the request of the Adviser, the service providers may take immediate action to stop any further short-term trading by such participants.

TAX STATUS, DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Dividends and Distributions: Income dividends are derived from net investment income ( i.e. , interest and other income, less any related expenses) the Fund earns from its portfolio securities and other investments. Capital gain distributions are derived from gains realized when the Fund sells a portfolio security. Long-term capital gains are derived from gains realized when the Fund sells a portfolio security it has owned for more than one year, and short-term capital gains are derived from gains realized when a portfolio security was owned for one year or less.

The Hanlon Managed Income Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income quarterly and net capital gains annually in December. The Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains annually in December. Both types of distributions will be reinvested in shares of the respective Fund unless you elect to receive cash.

Taxes: The following information is a general summary for U.S. taxpayers.  You should rely on your own tax adviser for advice about the particular federal, state and local tax consequences regarding your investment in the Funds.  Each Fund will distribute substantially all of its income and capital gains to its shareholders every year.  In turn, shareholders will be taxed on distributions they receive, unless the shares are held by certain types of tax-exempt organizations or through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) plan accounts or individual retirement accounts).

A shareholder subject to U.S. federal income tax will be subject to tax on Fund income dividends and capital gain distributions whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional Fund shares.  For federal income tax purposes, Fund distributions will be taxable to the shareholder as either ordinary income or capital gains.  Such dividends and distributions also may be subject to state or local taxes

Income Dividends and Capital Gains: Fund income dividends ( e.g. , distributions of investment income) are generally taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

Federal taxes on Fund distributions of capital gains are determined by how long a Fund owned the investments that generated the gains, rather than how long a shareholder has owned the shares.  Distributions of gains from investments that a Fund owned for more than one year generally will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains.  Distributions of gains from investments that a Fund owned for one year or less are short-term capital gains and generally will be taxable as ordinary income.

22
 

The Funds may be subject to foreign taxes or foreign tax withholding on dividends, interest and certain capital gains earned from their foreign security investments.  You may qualify for an offsetting tax credit or tax deduction under U.S. tax laws for any amount designated as your portion of a Fund’s foreign tax obligations, provided that you meet certain requirements.  See your tax adviser for further information.

Fund dividends and distributions are taxable to a shareholder even if they are paid from income or gains earned by a Fund prior to the shareholder’s investment and thus were included in the price paid for the shares.  For example, a shareholder who purchases shares on or just before the record date of the Fund distribution will pay full price for the shares and may receive a portion of his or her investment back as a taxable distribution. While in effect a return of capital to you, the distribution is still taxable even though you did not participate in these gains.  You can avoid this, if you choose, by investing soon after a Fund has made a distribution.

Non-U.S. Persons:   Non-U.S. persons that are considering the purchase of Fund shares should consult with their own tax advisers regarding the U.S. federal, foreign, state and local tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the shares.

Annual Notifications:   Each year, the Funds will notify shareholders of the tax status of dividends and distributions.  For more information, see the SAI under “TAX STATUS.”

DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES

Distributor : Northern Lights Distributors, LLC, located at 17605 Wright Street, Omaha, Nebraska 68130 (the “Distributor”), is the distributor for the shares of each Fund. Northern Lights Distributors, LLC is a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Shares of each Fund are offered on a continuous basis.

Distribution Fees : Each class of shares of the Funds, other than Class I shares, has adopted a Distribution Plan (“12b-1 Plan” or “Plan”), pursuant to which each Fund may pay the Distributor an annual fee for distribution and shareholder servicing expenses of up to 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class A shares, up to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class C shares and up to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class R shares.

The Distributor and other entities are paid under the Plan for services provided and the expenses borne by the Distributor and others in the distribution of Fund shares, including the payment of commissions for sales of the shares and incentive compensation to and expenses of dealers and others who engage in or support distribution of shares or who service shareholder accounts, including overhead and telephone expenses; printing and distribution of prospectuses and reports used in connection with the offering of each Fund’s shares to other than current shareholders; and preparation, printing and distribution of sales literature and advertising materials. In addition, the Distributor or other entities may utilize fees paid pursuant to the Plan to compensate dealers or other entities for their opportunity costs in advancing such amounts, which compensation would be in the form of a carrying charge on any un-reimbursed expenses.  

You should be aware that if you hold your shares for a substantial period of time, you may indirectly pay more than the economic equivalent of the maximum front-end sales charge allowed by FINRA due to the recurring nature of distribution (12b-1) fees.

Additional Compensation to Financial Intermediaries : The Adviser, the Distributor and their affiliates may, at their own expense and out of their own legitimate profits, provide additional cash payments to financial intermediaries in connection with the sale or retention of Fund shares, including affiliates of the Adviser. Financial intermediaries include brokers, dealers, financial planners, banks, insurance companies, retirement or 401(k) plan administrators and others. These payments may be in addition to the Rule 12b-1 fees and any sales charges that are disclosed elsewhere in this Prospectus. These payments are generally made to financial intermediaries that promote the sale of Fund shares, provide shareholder or administrative services, or marketing support. Marketing support may include access to sales meetings, sales representatives and financial intermediary management representatives, inclusion of a Fund on a sales list, including a preferred or select sales list, or other sales programs. These payments also may be made as an expense reimbursement in cases where the financial intermediary provides shareholder services to Fund shareholders. The level of payments made to financial intermediaries in any given year will vary.

To the extent permitted by Securities and Exchange Commission and FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations, the Adviser, the Distributor and their affiliates may, from time to time, provide promotional incentives to certain investment firms. Such incentives may, at the Adviser’s, the Distributor’s or their affiliates’ discretion, be limited to investment firms who allow their individual selling representatives to participate in such additional commissions.  

Householding : To reduce expenses, each Fund mails only one copy of the prospectus and each annual and semi-annual report to those addresses shared by two or more accounts. If you wish to receive individual copies of these documents, please call the Hanlon Managed Income Fund at 1-844-828-3212 or the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund at 1-844-828-3212 on days the respective Fund is open for business or contact your financial institution. Each Fund will begin sending you individual copies thirty days after receiving your request.

23
 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Because the Funds have only recently commenced investment operations, no financial highlights are available for either Fund at this time. In the future, financial highlights will be presented in this section of the Prospectus.

 

24
 

 

PRIVACY NOTICE

FACTS WHAT DOES TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST DO WITH YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION
Why?

Financial companies choose how they share your personal information.

Federal law gives consumers the right to limit some but not all sharing.
Federal law also requires us to tell you how we collect, share, and protect your personal information. Please read this notice carefully to understand what we do.

What?

THE TYPES OF PERSONAL INFORMATION WE COLLECT AND SHARE DEPENDS ON THE PRODUCT OR SERVICE THAT YOU HAVE WITH US. THIS INFORMATION CAN INCLUDE:

  • Social Security number and income
  • Account transactions and transaction history
  • Investment experience and purchase history

When you are no longer our customer, we continue to share your information as described in this notice.

How? All financial companies need to share customers’ personal information to run their everyday business.  In the section below, we list the reasons financial companies can share their customers’ personal information; the reason Two Roads Shared Trust chooses to share and whether you can limit this sharing.

 

 

 

Reasons we can share your personal information Does Two Roads Shared Trust share? Can you limit this sharing?

For our everyday business purposes –

such as to process your transactions, maintain your account(s), respond to court orders and legal investigations, or report to credit bureaus

YES NO

For our marketing purposes –

to offer our products and services to you

NO We do not share
For joint marketing with other financial companies NO We do not share

For our affiliates’ everyday business purposes –

information about your transactions and experiences

NO We do not share

For our affiliates’ everyday business purposes –

information about your creditworthiness

NO We do not share
For our affiliates to market to you NO We do not share
For nonaffiliates to market to you NO We do not share
Questions? Call 1-402-895-1600
       
25
 

 

 

What we do

How does Two Roads Shared Trust protect my personal information?

To protect your personal information from unauthorized access and use, we use security measures that comply with federal law.

These measures include computer safeguards and secured files and buildings.

 

Our service providers are held accountable for adhering to strict policies and procedures to prevent any misuse of your nonpublic personal information.

How does Two Roads Shared Trust collect my personal information?

We collect your personal information, for example, when you

  • open an account or give us contact information
  • provide account information or give us your income information
  • make deposits or withdrawals from your account

We also collect your personal information from other companies.

Why can’t I limit all sharing?

Federal law gives you the right to limit only

  • sharing for affiliates’ everyday business purposes – information about your creditworthiness
  • affiliates from using your information to market to you
  • sharing for nonaffiliates to market to you

State laws and individual companies may give you additional rights to limit sharing

 

 

Definitions

Affiliates

Companies related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies.

  • Two Roads Shared Trust has no affiliates.
Nonaffiliates

Companies not related by common ownership or control. They can be financial and nonfinancial companies.

  • Two Roads Shared Trust does not share with nonaffiliates so they can market to you.
Joint marketing

A formal agreement between nonaffiliates financial companies that together market financial products or services to you.

  • Two Roads Shared Trust does not jointly market.

 

26
 

Hanlon Managed Income Fund

Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund

 

Adviser

Hanlon Investment Management, Inc.

3393 Bargaintown Road, Egg Harbor Township, NJ 08234

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

KPMG LLP

4 Becker Farm Road

Roseland, NJ 07068

 

Custodian

The Bank of New York Mellon 

One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286

Legal Counsel

Dechert LLP

2010 Main Street, Suite 500

Irvine, CA  92614

Distributor

Northern Lights Distributors, LLC

17605 Wright Street

Omaha, NE  68130

Transfer Agent

Gemini Fund Services, LLC

17605 Wright Street, Suite 2

Omaha, NE  68130

 

 

Additional information about each Fund is included in the Funds’ SAI. The SAI is incorporated into this Prospectus by reference ( i.e. , legally made a part of this Prospectus). The SAI provides more details about each Fund’s policies and management.  Additional information about each Fund’s investments will also be available in the respective Fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders. In each Fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected each Fund’s performance during its last fiscal year.

To obtain a free copy of the SAI and the Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders, or other information about a Fund, or to make shareholder inquiries about a Fund, please call the Hanlon Managed Income Fund at 1-844-828-3212 or the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund at 1-844-828-3212. Information relating to the Funds can be found at www.HanlonFunds.com.  You may also write to:

Hanlon Managed Income Fund
c/o Gemini Fund Services, LLC
17605 Wright Street, Suite 2
Omaha, Nebraska 68130

-or-

Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund
c/o Gemini Fund Services, LLC
17605 Wright Street, Suite 2
Omaha, Nebraska 68130

You may review and obtain copies of each Fund’s information at the SEC Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Please call 1-202-551-8090 for information relating to the operation of the Public Reference Room. Reports and other information about the Funds are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of the information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Public Reference Section, Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520.

Investment Company Act File # 811-22718

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hanlon Managed Income Fund

Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund

 

 

Series of Two Roads Shared Trust

 

 

 

 

 

           
Fund Class A Class C Class I Class R
Hanlon Managed Income Fund HANAX HANCX HANIX HANRX
Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund HTDAX HTDCX HTDIX HTDRX
                 

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Dated August 12, 2015

 

 

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the prospectus of the Hanlon Managed Income Fund and Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) dated August 12, 2015, copies of which may be obtained without charge by contacting the Funds’ Transfer Agent, Gemini Fund Services, LLC, 17605 Wright Street, Suite 2, Omaha, Nebraska 68130. You may also obtain the prospectus for a Fund by calling or by visiting the Fund’s website:

 

Fund Name Phone Number Website
Hanlon Managed Income Fund 1-844-828-3212 www.HanlonFunds.com
Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund 1-844-828-3212 www.HanlonFunds.com

 

 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

THE FUNDS 1
TYPES OF INVESTMENTS, STRATEGIES AND RELATED RISKS 1
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS 19
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS 20
MANAGEMENT 21
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS 25
INVESTMENT ADVISER 25
THE DISTRIBUTOR 27
PORTFOLIO MANAGER 28
ALLOCATION OF PORTFOLIO BROKERAGE 29
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER 30
OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS 30
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES 31
ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING PROGRAM 31
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES 32
TAX STATUS 33
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 37
LEGAL COUNSEL 37
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 37
APPENDIX A 38
APPENDIX B 41
 
 

 

THE FUNDS

 

The Funds are series of Two Roads Shared Trust, a Delaware statutory trust organized on June 8, 2012 (the “Trust”). The Trust is registered as an open-end management investment company. The Trust is governed by its Board of Trustees (the “Board” or “Trustees”). The Funds may issue an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest. All shares of the Funds have equal rights and privileges. Each share of the Funds is entitled to one vote on all matters as to which shares are entitled to vote. In addition, each share of the Funds is entitled to participate equally with other shares (i) in dividends and distributions declared by the Funds and (ii) on liquidation to its proportionate share of the assets remaining after satisfaction of outstanding liabilities. Shares of the Funds are fully paid, non-assessable and fully transferable when issued and have no pre-emptive, conversion or exchange rights. Fractional shares have proportionately the same rights, including voting rights, as are provided for a full share.  

 

The Hanlon Managed Income Fund is a “non-diversified” series of the Trust, meaning the Fund is not subject to the diversification requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), which generally limit investments, as to 75% of a fund’s total assets, to no more than 5% in securities in a single issuer and 10% of an issuer’s voting securities . Because the appreciation or depreciation of a single portfolio security may have a greater impact on the net asset value of a non-diversified fund, the net asset value per share of the Hanlon Managed Income Fund can be expected to fluctuate more than that of a comparable diversified fund. The Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund is diversified for purposes of the 1940 Act.

 

Each Fund consists of Class A, Class C, Class I and Class R shares. Each Fund’s investment objective, restrictions and policies are more fully described here and in the prospectus. The Board may start other series and offer shares of a new fund under the Trust at any time.  

 

Under the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, each Trustee will continue in office until the termination of the Trust or his/her earlier death, incapacity, resignation or removal. Shareholders can remove a Trustee to the extent provided by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Vacancies may be filled by a majority of the remaining Trustees, except insofar as the 1940 Act may require the election by shareholders. As a result, normally no annual or regular meetings of shareholders will be held unless matters arise requiring a vote of shareholders under the Agreement and Declaration of Trust or the 1940 Act.

 

TYPES OF INVESTMENTS, STRATEGIES AND RELATED RISKS

 

The investment objective of each Fund and a description of its principal investment strategies are set forth under “Additional Information About Principal Investment Strategies and Related Risks” in the Funds’ Prospectus. Each Fund’s investment objective is not a fundamental policy and may be changed without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  

 

The following pages contain more detailed information about the types of instruments in which the Funds may invest, strategies the adviser may employ in pursuit of the Funds’ investment objectives and a summary of related risks.  

 

Equity Securities  

Equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common stocks, such as convertible bonds, warrants, rights and options. The value of equity securities varies in response to many factors, including the activities and financial condition of individual companies, the business market in which individual companies compete and general market and economic conditions. Equity securities fluctuate in value, often based on factors unrelated to the value of the issuer of the securities, and such fluctuations can be significant.  

Common Stock

Common stock represents an equity (ownership) interest in a company, and usually possesses voting rights and earns dividends. Dividends on common stock are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of the issuer. Common stock generally represents the riskiest investment in a company. In addition, common stock generally has the greatest appreciation and depreciation potential because increases and decreases in earnings are usually reflected in a company’s stock price.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock is a class of stock having a preference over common stock as to the payment of dividends and the recovery of investment should a company be liquidated, although preferred stock is usually junior to the fixed income securities of the issuer. Preferred stock typically does not possess voting rights and its market value may change based on changes in interest rates.

1
 

The fundamental risk of investing in common and preferred stock is the risk that the value of the stock might decrease. Stock values fluctuate in response to the activities of an individual company or in response to general market and/or economic conditions. Historically, common stocks have provided greater long-term returns and have entailed greater short-term risks than preferred stocks, fixed income securities and money market investments. The market value of all securities, including common and preferred stocks, is based upon the market’s perception of value and not necessarily the book value of an issuer or other objective measures of a company’s worth.

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities include fixed income securities that may be exchanged or converted into a predetermined number of shares of the issuer’s underlying common stock at the option of the holder during a specified period. Convertible securities may take the form of convertible preferred stock, convertible bonds or debentures, units consisting of “usable” bonds and warrants or a combination of the features of several of these securities. Convertible securities are senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure, but are usually subordinated to similar non-convertible securities. While providing a fixed-income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar nonconvertible security), a convertible security also gives an investor the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the issuing company depending upon a market price advance in the convertible security’s underlying common stock.

Depositary Receipts

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) are receipts issued by an American bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign (non-U.S.) issuer. ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets. Unsponsored ADRs may be created without the participation of the foreign (non-U.S.) issuer. Holders of these ADRs generally bear all the costs of the ADR facility, whereas foreign (non-U.S.) issuers typically bear certain costs in a sponsored ADR. The bank or trust company depositary of an unsponsored ADR may be under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the foreign (non-U.S.) issuer or to pass through voting rights.

Warrants

Warrants are options to purchase common stock at a specific price (usually at a premium above the market value of the optioned common stock at issuance) valid for a specific period of time. Warrants may have a life ranging from less than one year to twenty years, or they may be perpetual. However, most warrants have expiration dates after which they are worthless. In addition, a warrant is worthless if the market price of the common stock does not exceed the warrant’s exercise price during the life of the warrant. Warrants have no voting rights, pay no dividends, and have no rights with respect to the assets of the corporation issuing them. The percentage increase or decrease in the market price of the warrant may tend to be greater than the percentage increase or decrease in the market price of the optioned common stock.

Securities Economically Tied to Non-U.S. Markets

An issuer of a security may be deemed to be economically tied to a particular country if it meets one or more of the following criteria: (i) the issuer or guarantor of the security is organized under the laws of, or maintains its principal place of business in, such country; (ii) the currency of settlement of the security is the currency of such country; (iii) the principal trading market for the security is in such country; (iv) during the issuer’s most recent fiscal year, it derived at least 50% of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in such country or has at least 50% of its assets in that country; or (v) the issuer is included in an index that is representative of that country. In the event that an issuer may be considered to be economically tied to more than one country based on these criteria (for example, where the issuer is organized under the laws of one country but derives at least 50% of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold in another country), the adviser may classify the issuer as being economically tied to any country that meets the above criteria in its discretion based on an assessment of the relevant facts and circumstances.

Certificates of Deposit and Bankers’ Acceptances

The Funds may invest in certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, which are considered to be short-term money market instruments.  

Certificates of deposit are receipts issued by a depository institution in exchange for the deposit of funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The certificate usually can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. Bankers’ acceptances typically arise from short-term credit arrangements designed to enable

2
 

businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an earning asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity.   Although maturities for acceptances can be as long as 270 days, most acceptances have maturities of six months or less.  

Commercial Paper

The Funds may purchase commercial paper. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations.  See Appendix B for more information on ratings assigned to commercial paper.

Derivative Instruments

A Fund may purchase and write call and put options on securities, securities indices and foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, and enter into futures contracts and use options on futures contracts as further described below. A Fund may also enter into swap agreements with respect to foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, interest rates and securities indices. A Fund may use these techniques to hedge against changes in interest rates, foreign (non-U.S.) currency exchange rates or securities prices or to attempt to achieve investment returns as part of its overall investment strategies. A Fund may also purchase and sell options relating to foreign (non-U.S.) currencies for purposes of increasing exposure to a foreign (non-U.S.) currency or to shift exposure to foreign (non-U.S.) currency fluctuations from one country to another. A Fund will segregate or “earmark” assets determined to be liquid by the adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees (or, as permitted by applicable regulation, enter into certain offsetting positions) to cover its obligations under options, futures, and swaps to avoid leveraging the portfolio of the Fund as described below.

The Funds consider derivative instruments to consist of securities or other instruments whose value is derived from or related to the value of some other instrument or asset, and not to include those securities whose payment of principal and/or interest depends upon cash flows from underlying assets, such as mortgage-related or asset-backed securities. The value of some derivative instruments in which a Fund invests may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates, and, like the other investments of the Fund, the ability of the Fund to successfully utilize these instruments may depend in part upon the ability of the adviser to correctly forecast interest rates and other economic factors. If the adviser incorrectly forecasts such factors and has taken positions in derivative instruments contrary to prevailing market trends, a Fund could be exposed to the risk of loss. In addition, while the use of derivatives for hedging purposes can reduce losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains, and hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and security it is hedging, which means that a hedge might not be effective. A Fund might not employ any of the strategies described above, and no assurance can be given that any strategy used will succeed. A decision as to whether, when and how to utilize derivative instruments involves skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived derivatives strategy may be unsuccessful. The use of derivative instruments involves brokerage fees and/or other transaction costs.

Investment in futures-related and commodity-linked derivatives may subject a Fund to additional risks, and in particular may subject the Fund to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities. The value of futures-related and commodity-linked derivative instruments may be affected by changes in overall market movements, commodity index volatility, changes in interest rates or factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs, and international economic, political and regulatory developments. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment available to regulated investment companies under the Internal Revenue Code, a Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year from certain specified types of investments. It is currently unclear which types of commodities-linked derivatives fall within these specified investment types. As a result, if a Fund’s investment in commodities-linked derivatives were to exceed a certain threshold, the Fund could fail to qualify for the special tax treatment available to regulated investment companies under the Internal Revenue Code.

Margin Deposits and Cover Requirements

Margin Deposits for Futures Contracts

Unlike the purchase or sale of portfolio securities, no price is paid or received by a Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, a Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents, known as initial margin, based on the value of the contract. The nature of initial margin in futures transactions is different from that of margin in securities transactions in that futures contract margin does not involve the borrowing of funds by the customer to finance the transactions. Rather, the initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract which is returned to a Fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, called variation margin, to and from the broker, will be made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying instruments fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking to the market.” For example, when a

3
 

Fund has purchased a futures contract and the price of the contract has risen in response to a rise in the price of the underlying instruments, that position will have increased in value and the Fund will be entitled to receive from the broker a variation margin payment equal to that increase in value. Conversely, where a Fund has purchased a futures contract and the price of the futures contract has declined in response to a decrease in the underlying instruments, the position would be less valuable and the Fund would be required to make a variation margin payment to the broker. At any time prior to expiration of the futures contract, the adviser may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, subject to the availability of a secondary market, which will operate to terminate a Fund’s position in the futures contract. A final determination of variation margin is then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to a Fund, and the Fund realizes a loss or gain.

Cover Requirements for Forward Contracts, Swap Agreements, Options, Futures and Options on Futures

A Fund will comply with guidelines established by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) with respect to coverage of forwards, futures, swaps and options. These guidelines may, in certain instances, require segregation by a Fund of cash or liquid securities with its custodian or a designated sub-custodian to the extent the Fund’s obligations with respect to these strategies are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency or by other portfolio positions or by other means consistent with applicable regulatory policies. Segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them. As a result, there is a possibility that segregation of a large percentage of a Fund’s assets could impede portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

For example, when entering into a futures contract that will be cash settled, a Fund will cover (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) liquid assets that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the mark-to-market amount, if any, owed by the Fund on the futures contract. When entering into a futures contract that does not need to be settled in cash, a Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark to market on a daily basis) liquid assets that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the full notional value of the contract. Alternatively, a Fund may “cover” its position by purchasing an option on the same futures contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held by the Fund or by entering into an agreement that enables the Fund to settle such futures contracts in cash.

To the extent a Fund writes credit default swaps, the Fund will segregate or “earmark” cash or assets determined to be liquid by the Fund in accordance with procedures established by the Fund’s Board of Trustees, or enter into offsetting positions, with a value at least equal to the full notional amount of the swap (minus any amounts owed to the Fund). Such segregation or “earmarking” will ensure that a Fund has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction and will limit any potential leveraging of the Fund’s portfolio. Also, a Fund does not invest more than 25% of its assets in contracts with any one counterparty.

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Currency Transactions

A Fund may engage in foreign (non-U.S.) currency transactions, including foreign (non-U.S.) currency forward contracts, options, swaps, and other strategic transactions in connection with investments in securities of non-U.S. companies. A Fund will conduct its foreign (non-U.S.) currency exchange transactions either on a spot ( i.e. , cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign (non-U.S.) currency exchange market or through forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign (non-U.S.) currencies.

A Fund may enter into forward foreign (non-U.S.) currency exchange contracts (forward contracts) in order to protect against possible losses on foreign (non-U.S.) investments resulting from adverse changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, as well as to increase exposure to a foreign (non-U.S.) currency or to shift exposure to foreign (non-U.S.) currency fluctuations from one country to another. A forward contract is an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency for an agreed price on a future date which is individually negotiated and privately traded by currency traders and their customers. Although foreign (non-U.S.) exchange dealers often do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies. However, forward contracts may limit the potential gains which could result from a positive change in such currency relationships. A Fund will segregate or “earmark” assets determined to be liquid by the adviser in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, to cover the Fund’s obligations under forward foreign (non-U.S.) currency exchange contracts entered into for non-hedging purposes.

A Fund may purchase and write put and call options on foreign (non-U.S.) currencies for the purpose of protecting against declines in the U.S. dollar value of foreign (non-U.S.) portfolio securities and against increases in the U.S. dollar cost of foreign (non-U.S.) securities to be acquired. As with other kinds of options, however, the writing of an option on foreign (non-U.S.) currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received, and a Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign (non-U.S.) currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign (non-U.S.)

4
 

currency may constitute an effective hedge against fluctuation in exchange rates although, in the event of rate movements adverse to a Fund’s position, the Fund may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs.

A Fund may enter into interest rate swaps on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is hedging its assets or its liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis ( i.e., the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlement with respect to each interest rate swap will be calculated on a daily basis and an amount of cash or other liquid assets (marked to market daily) having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated or “earmarked.” The adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of all counterparties on an ongoing basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. There is no limit on the amount of interest rate swap transactions that may be entered into by a Fund, subject to the segregation requirement described above. These transactions may in some instances involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets by a Fund or its counterparty to collateralize obligations under the swap. Under the documentation currently used in those markets, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate swaps is limited to the net amount of the payments that a Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an interest rate swap that is not collateralized defaults, a Fund would risk the loss of the net amount of the payments that it contractually is entitled to receive.

While the adviser is authorized to hedge against currency risk, it is not required to do so. The adviser may choose not to hedge currency exposure.

Fixed Income Securities

Yields on fixed income securities are dependent on a variety of factors, including the general conditions of the money market and other fixed income securities markets, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. An investment in any Fund will be subjected to risk even if all fixed income securities in the Fund’s portfolio are paid in full at maturity.  All fixed income securities, including U.S. Government securities, can change in value when there is a change in interest rates or the issuer’s actual or perceived creditworthiness or ability to meet its obligations.

High Yield Securities

Greater Risk of Loss

These securities are regarded as predominately speculative. There is a greater risk that issuers of lower-rated securities will default than issuers of higher-rated securities. Issuers of lower-rated securities generally are less creditworthy and may be highly indebted, financially distressed, or bankrupt. These issuers are more vulnerable to real or perceived economic changes, political changes or adverse industry developments. In addition, high yield securities are frequently subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. If an issuer fails to pay principal or interest on securities held by a Fund, the Fund would experience a decrease in income and a decline in the market value of its investments.

Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes

The income and market value of lower-rated securities may fluctuate more than higher-rated securities. Although non-investment grade securities tend to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than investment grade securities, non-investment grade securities are more sensitive to short-term corporate, economic and market developments. During periods of economic uncertainty and change, the market price of the investments in lower-rated securities may be volatile. The default rate for high yield bonds tends to be cyclical, with defaults rising in periods of economic downturn.

Valuation Difficulties

It is often more difficult to value lower-rated securities than higher-rated securities. If an issuer’s financial condition deteriorates, accurate financial and business information may be limited or unavailable. In addition, the lower-rated investments may be thinly traded and there may be no established secondary market. Because of the lack of market pricing and current information for investments in lower-rated securities, valuation of such investments is much more dependent on judgment than is the case with higher-rated securities.

Liquidity

5
 

There may be no established secondary or public market for investments in lower-rated securities. Such securities are frequently traded in markets that may be relatively less liquid than the market for higher-rated securities. In addition, relatively few institutional purchasers may hold a major portion of an issue of lower-rated securities at times. As a result, a Fund may be required to sell investments at substantial losses or retain them indefinitely when an issuer’s financial condition is deteriorating.

Credit Quality

Credit quality of non-investment grade securities can change suddenly and unexpectedly, and even recently-issued credit ratings may not fully reflect the actual risks posed by a particular high-yield security.

New Legislation

Future legislation may have a possible negative impact on the market for high yield, high risk bonds. As an example, in the late 1980’s, legislation required federally-insured savings and loan associations to divest their investments in high yield, high risk bonds. New legislation, if enacted, could have a material negative effect on a Fund’s investments in lower-rated securities.

High yield, high risk investments may include the following:

Straight fixed income securities

These include bonds and other debt obligations that bear a fixed or variable rate of interest payable at regular intervals and have a fixed or resettable maturity date. The particular terms of such securities vary and may include features such as call provisions and sinking funds.

Zero-coupon debt securities

These do not pay periodic interest but are issued at a discount from their value at maturity. When held to maturity, their entire return equals the difference between their issue price and their maturity value.

Zero-fixed-coupon debt securities

These are zero-coupon debt securities that convert on a specified date to periodic interest-paying debt securities.

Pay-in-kind bonds

These are bonds which allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds. These bonds are typically sold without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), usually to a relatively small number of institutional investors.

Convertible Securities

These are bonds or preferred stock that may be converted to common stock.

Preferred Stock

These are stocks that generally pay a dividend at a specified rate and have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and in liquidation.

Loan Participations and Assignments

These are participations in, or assignments of all or a portion of loans to corporations or to governments, including governments of less developed countries (“LDCs”).

Securities issued in connection with Reorganizations and Corporate Restructurings

6
 

In connection with reorganizing or restructuring of an issuer, an issuer may issue common stock or other securities to holders of its fixed income securities. A Fund may hold such common stock and other securities even if it does not invest in such securities.

Distressed Securities

An investment in distressed securities may involve a substantial degree of risk. These instruments, which involve loans, loan participations, bonds, notes, non-performing and sub-performing mortgage loans typically are unrated, lower-rated, in default or close to default.  Many of these instruments are not publicly traded, and may become illiquid. The prices of such instruments may be extremely volatile. Securities of distressed companies are generally more likely to become worthless than the securities of more financially stable companies. Valuing such instruments may be difficult, and a Fund may lose all of its investment, or it may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than the Fund’s original investment. Issuers of distressed securities are typically in a weak financial condition and may default, in which case a Fund may lose its entire investment.

Information on Time Deposits and Variable Rate Notes

The Funds may invest in fixed time deposits, whether or not subject to withdrawal penalties. The commercial paper obligations which the Funds may buy are unsecured and may include variable rate notes. The nature and terms of a variable rate note ( i.e. , a “Master Note”) permit the Funds to invest fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to a direct arrangement between a Fund as lender, and the issuer, as borrower. It permits daily changes in the amounts borrowed. A Fund has the right at any time to increase, up to the full amount stated in the note agreement, or to decrease the amount outstanding under the note. The issuer may prepay at any time and without penalty any part of or the full amount of the note. The note may or may not be backed by one or more bank letters of credit. Because these notes are direct lending arrangements between a Fund and the issuer, it is not generally contemplated that they will be traded; moreover, there is currently no secondary market for them. Except as specifically provided in the Prospectus, there is no limitation on the type of issuer from whom these notes may be purchased; however, in connection with such purchase and on an ongoing basis, the adviser will consider the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of the issuer, and its ability to pay principal and interest on demand, including a situation in which all holders of such notes made demand simultaneously. Variable rate notes are subject to a Fund’s investment restriction on illiquid securities unless such notes can be put back to the issuer on demand within seven days.

United States Government Obligations

The Funds may invest in United States Government Obligations. These consist of various types of marketable securities issued by the United States Treasury, i.e. , bills, notes and bonds. Such securities are direct obligations of the United States government and differ mainly in the length of their maturity. Treasury bills, the most frequently issued marketable government security, have a maturity of up to one year and are issued on a discount basis.  

United States Government Agency  

The Funds may invest in securities issued by United States Government Agencies. These consist of fixed income securities issued by agencies and instrumentalities of the United States Government, including the various types of instruments currently outstanding or which may be offered in the future. Agencies include, among others, the Federal Housing Administration, Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), Export-Import Bank of the United States, Maritime Administration, and General Services Administration. Instrumentalities include, for example, each of the Federal Home Loan Banks, the National Bank for Cooperatives, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), the Farm Credit Banks, the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), and the United States Postal Service. These securities are either: (i) backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government ( e.g. , United States Treasury Bills); (ii) guaranteed by the United States Treasury ( e.g. , GNMA mortgage-backed securities); (iii) supported by the issuing agency’s or instrumentality’s right to borrow from the United States Treasury ( e.g. , FNMA Discount Notes); or (iv) supported only by the issuing agency’s or instrumentality’s own credit ( e.g. , Tennessee Valley Association).

Government-related guarantors ( i.e. , not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government) include FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. FNMA purchases conventional ( i.e. , not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.  

7
 

FHLMC was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. It is a government-sponsored corporation formerly owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks and now owned entirely by private stockholders. FHLMC issues Participation Certificates (“PC’s”), which represent interests in conventional mortgages from FHLMC’s national portfolio. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may, in addition, be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such nongovernmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The insurance and guarantees are issued by governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers.

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Government Securities

A Fund may invest in foreign (non-U.S.) government securities, including securities issued by foreign (non-U.S.) governments, including political subdivisions, or their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or by supra-national agencies. Different kinds of foreign (non-U.S.) government securities have different types of government support. For example, some foreign (non-U.S.) government securities are supported by the full faith and credit of a foreign (non-U.S.) national government or a political subdivision and some are not. Foreign (non-U.S.) government securities of some countries may involve varying degrees of credit risk as a result of financial or political instability in those countries or the possible inability of a Fund to enforce its rights against a foreign (non-U.S.) government. As with issuers of other fixed income securities, sovereign issuers may be unable or unwilling to satisfy their obligations to pay principal or interest payments.

Supra-national agencies are agencies whose member nations make capital contributions to support the agencies’ activities. Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank), the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank.

As with other fixed income securities, foreign (non-U.S.) government securities expose their holders to market risk because their values typically change as interest rates fluctuate.  For example, the value of foreign (non-U.S.) government securities may fall during times of rising interest rates.  Also, yields on foreign (non-U.S.) government securities tend to be lower than those of corporate securities of comparable maturities.

In addition to investing directly in foreign (non-U.S.) government securities, a Fund may purchase certificates of accrual or similar instruments evidencing undivided ownership interests in interest payments and/or principal payments of foreign (non-U.S.) government securities. Certificates of accrual and similar instruments may be more volatile than other foreign (non-U.S.) government securities.

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities

Interests in pools of mortgage pass-through securities differ from other forms of fixed income securities (which normally provide periodic payments of interest in fixed amounts and the payment of principal in a lump sum at maturity or on specified call dates). Instead, mortgage pass-through securities provide monthly payments consisting of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on the underlying residential mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Unscheduled payments of principal may be made if the underlying mortgage loans are repaid or refinanced or the underlying properties are foreclosed, thereby shortening the securities’ weighted average life. Some mortgage pass-through securities (such as securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae) are described as “modified pass-through securities.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, on the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

The principal governmental guarantor of mortgage pass-through securities is Ginnie Mae. Ginnie Mae is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by lending institutions approved by Ginnie Mae (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgage loans. These mortgage loans are either insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration. A “pool” or group of such mortgage loans is assembled and after being approved by Ginnie Mae, is offered to investors through securities dealers.

8
 

Government-related guarantors of mortgage pass-through securities ( i.e. , not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury) include Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Fannie Mae is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. Fannie Mae purchases conventional ( i.e. , not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved sellers/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. Mortgage pass-through securities issued by Fannie Mae are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by Fannie Mae but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury.

Freddie Mac was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. It is a U.S. government-sponsored corporation formerly owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks and now owned by stockholders. Freddie Mac issues Participation Certificates (“PCs”), which represent interests in conventional mortgages from Freddie Mac’s national portfolio. Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury.

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may, in addition, be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage pass-through securities.

Resets

The interest rates paid on the Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities (“ARMs”) in which a Fund may invest generally are readjusted or reset at intervals of one year or less to an increment over some predetermined interest rate index. There are two main categories of indices: those based on U.S. Treasury securities and those derived from a calculated measure, such as a cost-of-funds index or a moving average of mortgage rates. Commonly utilized indices include the one-year and five-year constant maturity Treasury Note rates, the three-month Treasury Bill rate, the 180-day Treasury Bill rate, rates on longer-term Treasury securities, the National Median Cost of Funds, the one-month or three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), the prime rate of a specific bank, or commercial paper rates. Some indices, such as the one-year constant maturity Treasury Note rate, closely mirror changes in market interest rate levels. Others tend to lag changes in market rate levels and tend to be somewhat less volatile.

Caps and Floors

The underlying mortgages that collateralize the ARMs in which a Fund may invest will frequently have caps and floors which limit the maximum amount by which the loan rate to the residential borrower may change up or down: (1) per reset or adjustment interval, and (2) over the life of the loan. Some residential mortgage loans restrict periodic adjustments by limiting changes in the borrower’s monthly principal and interest payments rather than limiting interest rate changes. These payment caps may result in negative amortization. The value of mortgage securities in which a Fund invests may be affected if market interest rates rise or fall faster and farther than the allowable caps or floors on the underlying residential mortgage loans. Additionally, even though the interest rates on the underlying residential mortgages are adjustable, amortization and prepayments may occur, thereby causing the effective maturities of the mortgage securities in which a Fund invests to be shorter than the maturities stated in the underlying mortgages.

Private Mortgage Pass-Through Securities

Private mortgage pass-through securities, also known as “non-agency mortgage securities”, are structured similarly to the Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage pass-through securities and are issued by United States and foreign (non-U.S.) private issuers such as originators of and investors in mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. These securities usually are backed by a pool of conventional fixed-rate or adjustable-rate mortgage loans. Since private mortgage pass-through securities typically are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement.

Mortgage assets often consist of a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. There are usually fewer properties in a pool of assets backing commercial mortgage-backed securities than in a pool of assets backing residential mortgage-backed securities; hence they may be more sensitive to the performance of fewer mortgage assets. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, those securities may contain elements of credit support, which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection; and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from default ensures ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. This protection may be provided through guarantees,

9
 

insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquencies or losses in excess of those anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in a security. A Fund will not pay any fees for credit support, although the existence of credit support may increase the price of a security.

Stripped Mortgage Securities

Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by federal agencies, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities usually are structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distribution of a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). PO classes generate income through the accretion of the deep discount at which such securities are purchased, and, while PO classes do not receive periodic payments of interest, they receive monthly payments associated with scheduled amortization and principal prepayment from the mortgage assets underlying the PO class. The yield to maturity on a PO or an IO class security is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. A slower than expected rate of principal payments may have an adverse effect on a PO-class security’s yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience slower than anticipated principal repayment, a Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on an IO-class security’s yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities.

A Fund may purchase stripped mortgage securities for income, or for hedging purposes to protect the Fund’s portfolio against interest rate fluctuations. For example, since an IO class will tend to increase in value as interest rates rise, it may be utilized to hedge against a decrease in value of other fixed income securities in a rising interest rate environment.

Inverse Floaters

Inverse floaters constitute a class of mortgage-backed securities with a coupon rate that moves inversely to a designated index, such as LIBOR (London Interbank Offered Rate) or 11th District Cost of Funds Index (“COFI”). Inverse floaters have coupon rates that typically change at a multiple of the changes of the relevant index rate. Any rise in the index rate (as a consequence of an increase in interest rates) causes a drop in the coupon rate on an inverse floater while any drop in the index rate causes an increase in the coupon rate of an inverse floater. In some circumstances, the coupon on an inverse floater could decrease to zero. In addition, like most other fixed income securities, the value of inverse floaters will decrease as interest rates increase and their average lives will extend. Inverse floaters exhibit greater price volatility than the majority of mortgage-backed securities. In addition, some inverse floaters display extreme sensitivity to changes in prepayments. As a result, the yield to maturity of an inverse floater is sensitive not only to changes in interest rates but also to changes in prepayment rates on the related underlying mortgage assets. As described above, inverse floaters may be used alone or in tandem with interest-only stripped mortgage instruments.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls

A Fund may enter into mortgage dollar rolls with a bank or a broker-dealer. A mortgage dollar roll is a transaction in which a Fund sells mortgage-related securities for immediate settlement and simultaneously purchases the same type of securities for forward settlement at a discount. While a Fund begins accruing interest on the newly purchased securities from the purchase or trade date, it is able to invest the proceeds from the sale of its previously owned securities, which will be used to pay for the new securities, in money market investments until a future settlement date. The use of mortgage dollar rolls is a speculative technique involving leverage, and is considered to be a form of borrowing.

Securities of Other Investment Companies  

The Funds may invest in securities of other investment companies. A Fund’s investments in an underlying portfolio of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), mutual funds and closed-end funds involve certain additional expenses and certain tax results, which would not be present in a direct investment in the underlying funds.

10
 

Open-End Investment Companies  

The Funds may invest in shares of open-end investment companies. Each Fund and any “affiliated persons,” as defined by the 1940 Act, may purchase in the aggregate only up to 3% of the total outstanding securities of any underlying fund unless: (i) the underlying investment company and/or the Fund has received an order for exemptive relief from such limitations from the SEC; and (ii) the underlying investment company and the Fund take appropriate steps to comply with any conditions in such order. Accordingly, when affiliated persons hold shares of any of the underlying funds, the Fund’s ability to invest fully in shares of those funds is restricted, and the adviser must then, in some instances, select alternative investments that would not have been its first preference. The 1940 Act also provides that an underlying fund whose shares are purchased by a Fund will be obligated to redeem shares held by the Fund only in an amount up to 1% of the underlying fund’s outstanding securities during any period of less than 30 days. Shares held by a Fund in excess of 1% of an underlying fund’s outstanding securities therefore, will be considered not readily marketable securities, which, together with other such securities, may not exceed 15% of any Fund’s total assets.  Under certain circumstances an underlying fund may determine to make payment of a redemption by a Fund wholly or partly by a distribution in kind of securities from its portfolio, in lieu of cash, in conformity with the rules of the SEC. In such cases, the Fund may hold securities distributed by an underlying fund until the adviser determines that it is appropriate to dispose of such securities.

Investment decisions by the investment advisers of the underlying funds are made independently of the Funds and their adviser. Therefore, the investment adviser of one underlying fund may be purchasing shares of the same issuer whose shares are being sold by the adviser of a Fund. The result would be an indirect expense to the Fund without accomplishing any investment purpose.  

Exchange-Traded Funds

ETFs are typically passively managed funds that track their related index and have the flexibility of trading like a security. They are managed by professionals and provide the investor with diversification, cost and tax efficiency, liquidity, marginability, are useful for hedging, have the ability to go long and short, and some provide quarterly dividends. Additionally, some ETFs are unit investment trusts (UITs) that have two markets. The primary market is where institutions swap “creation units” in block-multiples of 50,000 shares for in-kind securities and cash in the form of dividends. The secondary market is where individual investors can trade as little as a single share during trading hours on the exchange. This is different from open-ended mutual funds that are traded after hours once the net asset value (NAV) is calculated. ETFs share many similar risks with open-end and closed-end funds.

Closed-End Investment Companies  

A Fund may invest its assets in “closed-end” investment companies (or “closed-end funds”), subject to the investment restrictions set forth below. Each Fund may purchase in the aggregate only up to 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any closed-end fund. Shares of closed-end funds are typically offered to the public in a one-time initial public offering by a group of underwriters who retain a spread or underwriting commission of between 4% or 6% of the initial public offering price. Such securities are then listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (commonly known as “NASDAQ”) and, in some cases, may be traded in other over-the-counter markets. Because the shares of closed-end funds cannot be redeemed upon demand to the issuer like the shares of an open-end investment company (such as a Fund), investors seek to buy and sell shares of closed-end funds in the secondary market.  

The Funds generally will purchase shares of closed-end funds only in the secondary market. The Funds will incur normal brokerage costs on such purchases similar to the expenses the Funds would incur for the purchase of securities of any other type of issuer in the secondary market. A Fund may, however, also purchase securities of a closed-end fund in an initial public offering when, in the opinion of the adviser, based on a consideration of the nature of the closed-end fund’s proposed investments, the prevailing market conditions and the level of demand for such securities, they represent an attractive opportunity for growth of capital. The initial offering price typically will include a dealer spread, which may be higher than the applicable brokerage cost if a Fund purchased such securities in the secondary market.  

The shares of many closed-end funds, after their initial public offering, frequently trade at a price per share, which is less than the net asset value per share, the difference representing the “market discount” of such shares. This market discount may be due in part to the investment objective of long-term appreciation, which is sought by many closed-end funds, as well as to the fact that the shares of closed-end funds are not redeemable by the holder upon demand to the issuer at the next determined net asset value but rather are subject to the principles of supply and demand in the secondary market. A relative lack of secondary market purchasers of closed-end fund shares also may contribute to such shares trading at a discount to their net asset value.

A Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds that are trading at a discount to net asset value or at a premium to net asset value. There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed-end fund purchased by a Fund will ever decrease. In fact, it is possible that this market discount may increase and a Fund may suffer realized or unrealized capital losses due to further decline

11
 

in the market price of the securities of such closed-end funds, thereby adversely affecting the net asset value of a Fund’s shares. Similarly, there can be no assurance that any shares of a closed-end fund purchased by a Fund at a premium will continue to trade at a premium or that the premium will not decrease subsequent to a purchase of such shares by the Fund.  

Closed-end funds may issue senior securities (including preferred stock and debt obligations) for the purpose of leveraging the closed-end fund’s common shares in an attempt to enhance the current return to such closed-end fund’s common shareholders. A Fund’s investment in the common shares of closed-end funds that are financially leveraged may create an opportunity for greater total return on its investment, but at the same time may be expected to exhibit more volatility in market price and net asset value than an investment in shares of investment companies without a leveraged capital structure.

Business Development Companies

Business development companies (“BDCs”) are regulated under the 1940 Act and are taxed as regulated investment companies (“RICs”) under the Internal Revenue Code. BDCs typically operate as publicly traded private equity firms that invest in early stage to mature private companies and small public companies. BDCs realize operating income when their investments are sold off, and therefore maintain complex organizational, operational, tax and compliance requirements, and must distribute at least 90% of their taxable earnings as dividends. Additionally, a BDC’s expenses are not direct expenses paid by Fund shareholders and are not used to calculate a Fund’s net asset value.

Securities Options

A Fund may purchase and write ( i.e. , sell) put and call options. Such options may relate to particular securities or stock indices, and may or may not be listed on a domestic or foreign (non-U.S.) securities exchange and may or may not be issued by the Options Clearing Corporation. Options trading is a highly specialized activity that entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves.

A call option for a particular security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer (seller) the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security gives the purchaser the right to sell the security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security.

Stock index options are put options and call options on various stock indices. In most respects, they are identical to listed options on common stocks. The primary difference between stock options and index options occurs when index options are exercised. In the case of stock options, the underlying security, common stock, is delivered. However, upon the exercise of an index option, settlement does not occur by delivery of the securities comprising the index. The option holder who exercises the index option receives an amount of cash if the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based is greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the stock index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market value of the stocks included in the index. For example, some stock index options are based on a broad market index, such as the Standard & Poor’s 500 ® Index or the Value Line Composite Index or a narrower market index, such as the Standard & Poor’s 100 ® . Indices may also be based on an industry or market segment, such as the AMEX Oil and Gas Index or the Computer and Business Equipment Index.

Options on stock indices are currently traded on the Chicago Board Options Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the Pacific Stock Exchange and the Philadelphia Stock Exchange.

A Fund’s obligation to sell an instrument subject to a call option written by it, or to purchase an instrument subject to a put option written by it, may be terminated prior to the expiration date of the option by the Fund’s execution of a closing purchase transaction, which is effected by purchasing on an exchange an option of the same series ( i.e. , same underlying instrument, exercise price and expiration date) as the option previously written. A closing purchase transaction will ordinarily be effected to realize a profit on an outstanding option, to prevent an underlying instrument from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying instrument or to permit the writing of a new option containing different terms on such underlying instrument. The cost of such a liquidation purchase plus transactions costs may be greater than the premium received upon the original option, in which event a Fund will have incurred a loss in the transaction. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option. An option writer unable to effect a closing purchase transaction will not be able to sell the underlying instrument or liquidate the assets held in a segregated account, as described in the Cover Requirements section, until the option expires or the optioned instrument is delivered upon

12
 

exercise. In such circumstances, the writer will be subject to the risk of market decline or appreciation in the instrument during such period.

If an option purchased by a Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a loss equal to the premium paid. If a Fund enters into a closing sale transaction on an option purchased by it, the Fund will realize a gain if the premium received by the Fund on the closing transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, or a loss if it is less. If an option written by a Fund expires on the stipulated expiration date or if the Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction, it will realize a gain (or loss if the cost of a closing purchase transaction exceeds the net premium received when the option is sold). If an option written by a Fund is exercised, the proceeds of the sale will be increased by the net premium originally received and the Fund will realize a gain or loss.

Certain Risks Regarding Options

There are several risks associated with transactions in options. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded over-the-counter or on an exchange, may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities or currencies; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading value; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Successful use by a Fund of options on stock indices will be subject to the ability of the adviser to correctly predict movements in the directions of the stock market. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. In addition, a Fund’s ability to effectively hedge all or a portion of the securities in its portfolio, in anticipation of or during a market decline, through transactions in put options on stock indices, depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying index correlate with the price movements of the securities held by the Fund. Inasmuch as a Fund’s securities will not duplicate the components of an index, the correlation will not be perfect. Consequently, a Fund bears the risk that the prices of its securities being hedged will not move in the same amount as the prices of its put options on the stock indices. It is also possible that there may be a negative correlation between the index and a Fund’s securities that would result in a loss on both such securities and the options on stock indices acquired by the Fund.

The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. The purchase of options is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The purchase of stock index options involves the risk that the premium and transaction costs paid by a Fund in purchasing an option will be lost as a result of unanticipated movements in prices of the securities comprising the stock index on which the option is based.

There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an options exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time, and for some options no secondary market on an exchange or elsewhere may exist. If a Fund is unable to close out a call option on securities that it has written before the option is exercised, the Fund may be required to purchase the optioned securities in order to satisfy its obligation under the option to deliver such securities. If a Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options on securities that it has purchased, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit and would incur transaction costs upon the purchase and sale of the underlying securities.

Options on Futures Contracts

A Fund may purchase and sell options on the same types of futures in which it may invest. Options on futures are similar to options on underlying instruments except that options on futures give the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put), rather than to purchase or sell the futures contract, at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by the delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise their options prior to the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid.  

13
 

Dealer Options

A Fund may engage in transactions involving dealer options as well as exchange-traded options. Certain additional risks are specific to dealer options. While a Fund might look to a clearing corporation to exercise exchange-traded options, if the Fund were to purchase a dealer option it would need to rely on the dealer from which it purchased the option to perform if the option were exercised. Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by a Fund as well as loss of the expected benefit of the transaction.

Exchange-traded options generally have a continuous liquid market while dealer options may not. Consequently, a Fund may generally be able to realize the value of a dealer option it has purchased only by exercising or reselling the option to the dealer who issued it. Similarly, when a Fund writes a dealer option, the Fund may generally be able to close out the option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer to whom the Fund originally wrote the option. While a Fund will seek to enter into dealer options only with dealers who will agree to and which are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there can be no assurance that the Fund will at any time be able to liquidate a dealer option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration. Unless a Fund, as a covered dealer call option writer, is able to effect a closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) used as cover until the option expires or is exercised. In the event of insolvency of the other party, a Fund may be unable to liquidate a dealer option. With respect to options written by a Fund, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the Fund. For example, because a Fund must maintain a secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, the Fund may not sell the assets, which it has segregated to secure the position while it is obligated under the option. This requirement may impair a Fund’s ability to sell portfolio securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous.

The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that purchased dealer options are illiquid securities. A Fund may treat the cover used for written dealer options as liquid if the dealer agrees that the Fund may repurchase the dealer options they have written for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined formula. In such cases, the dealer option would be considered illiquid only to the extent the maximum purchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option. Accordingly, a Fund will treat dealer options as subject to the Fund’s limitation on illiquid securities. If the SEC changes its position on the liquidity of dealer options, a Fund will change their treatment of such instruments accordingly.

Spread Transactions

A Fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers. These covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or exchange-traded. The purchase of a spread option gives a Fund the right to put securities that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread in relationship to another security that the Fund does not own, but which is used as a benchmark. The risk to a Fund, in addition to the risks of dealer options described above, is the cost of the premium paid as well as any transaction costs. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect a Fund against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, i.e. , the yield spread between high quality and lower quality securities. This protection is provided only during the life of the spread options.

Repurchase Agreements

The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements. In a repurchase agreement, an investor (such as a Fund) purchases a security (known as the “underlying security”) from a securities dealer or bank. Any such dealer or bank must be deemed creditworthy by the adviser. At that time, the bank or securities dealer agrees to repurchase the underlying security at a mutually agreed upon price on a designated future date. The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to a Fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at an agreed upon rate due to the Fund on repurchase. In either case, the income to a Fund generally will be unrelated to the interest rate on the underlying securities. Repurchase agreements must be “fully collateralized,” in that the market value of the underlying securities (including accrued interest) must at all times be equal to or greater than the repurchase price. Therefore, a repurchase agreement can be considered a loan collateralized by the underlying securities.  

Repurchase agreements are generally for a short period of time, often less than a week, and will generally be used by a Fund to invest excess cash or as part of a temporary defensive strategy. Repurchase agreements that do not provide for payment within seven days will be treated as illiquid securities. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default by the seller of a repurchase agreement, a Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying security and losses. These losses could result from: (a) possible decline in the value of the underlying security while a Fund is seeking to enforce its rights under the repurchase agreement; (b) possible reduced levels of income or lack of access to income during this period; and (c) expenses of enforcing its rights.

14
 

Swaps

Swap Agreements

Swap agreements are typically two-party, uncleared contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a day to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments.  The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e. , the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index.  Most swap agreements entered into by a Fund calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.”  Consequently, a Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”).  Payments may be made at the conclusion of a swap agreement or periodically during its term.  Swap agreements often do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets.  Accordingly, if a swap is entered into on a net basis, if the other party to a swap agreement defaults, a Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that such Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any.  The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to a swap agreement entered into on a net basis will be accrued daily and an amount of cash or liquid asset having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in an account with a Fund’s custodian that satisfies the 1940 Act.  A Fund will also establish and maintain such accounts with respect to its total obligations under any swaps that are not entered into on a net basis.  Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of a Fund’s investment restriction concerning senior securities.  Because most swap agreements are two-party contracts and may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid for a Fund illiquid investment limitations.  A Fund will not enter into any swap agreement unless the adviser believes that the other party to the transaction is creditworthy.  A Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty.  

A Fund may enter into a swap agreement in circumstances where the adviser believes that it may be more cost effective or practical than buying the underlying securities or a futures contract or an option on such securities.  The counterparty to any swap agreement will typically be a bank, investment banking firm or broker/dealer.  The counterparty will generally agree to pay a Fund the amount, if any, by which the notional amount of the swap agreement would have increased in value had it been invested in the particular stocks, futures contracts or other underlying assets represented in the index, plus the dividends that would have been received on those instruments.  A Fund will agree to pay to the counterparty a floating rate of interest on the notional amount of the swap agreement plus the amount, if any, by which the notional amount would have decreased in value had it been invested in such stocks, futures contracts or other underlying assets.  Therefore, the return to a Fund on any swap agreement should be the gain or loss on the notional amount plus dividends on the stocks less the interest paid by the Fund on the notional amount.  

A Fund may enter into total return swap agreements. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments based on the change in market value of underlying assets, which may include a specified security, futures contract, basket of securities or futures contracts, defined portfolios of bonds, loans and mortgages, or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security, commodity or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security, commodity or market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to a Fund’s portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Total return swaps are a mechanism for the user to accept the economic benefits of asset ownership without utilizing the balance sheet. The other leg of the swap, usually the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), is spread to reflect the non-balance sheet nature of the product. Total return swaps can be designed with any underlying asset agreed between two parties. Typically no notional amounts are exchanged with total return swaps. Total return swap agreements entail the risk that a party will default on its payment obligations to a Fund thereunder. Swap agreements also entail the risk that a Fund will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, a Fund will enter into total return swaps on a net basis ( i.e. , the two payment streams are netted out with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments).

The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with the markets for other similar instruments that are traded in the over-the-counter market.  The adviser, under the supervision of the Board, is responsible for determining and monitoring the liquidity of Fund transactions in swap agreements. The use of equity swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions.

15
 

Credit Default Swaps

In a credit default swap, one party makes a stream of payments to another party in exchange for the right to receive a specified return in the event of a default by a third party, typically an emerging country, on its obligation. A Fund may use credit default swaps to provide a measure of protection against defaults of sovereign issuers ( i.e. , to reduce risk where the Fund owns or has exposure to the sovereign issuer) and may use credit default swaps to take an active long or short position with respect to the likelihood of a particular issuer’s default. In connection with these agreements, cash or liquid securities may be set aside as collateral by a Fund’s custodian in accordance with the terms of the swap agreement. A Fund earns interest on cash set aside as collateral. Swaps are marked to market daily based upon quotations from market makers and the change in value, if any, is recorded as unrealized gain or loss. These financial instruments are not actively traded on financial markets. The values assigned to these instruments are based upon the best available information and because of the uncertainty of the valuation, these values may differ significantly from the values that would have been realized had a ready market for these instruments existed, and the differences could be material. Payments received or made at the end of the measurement period are recorded as realized gain or loss. Entering into these agreements involves, to varying degrees, elements of credit, market, and documentation risk. Such risks involve the possibility that there will be no liquid market for these agreements, that the counterparty to the agreements may default on its obligation to perform or disagree as to the meaning of contractual terms in the agreements, and that there may be unfavorable changes in interest rates.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and related regulatory developments requires the clearing and exchange-trading of certain interest rate swaps and credit default swaps. The Dodd-Frank Act will ultimately require the clearing of many additional types of OTC derivative instruments that the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and SEC recently defined as “swaps” including non-deliverable foreign (non-U.S.) exchange forwards, OTC foreign (non-U.S.) exchange options and swaptions. Mandatory exchange-trading and clearing will take place on a phased-in basis based on type of market participant and CFTC approval of contracts for central clearing. The adviser will continue to monitor developments in this area, particularly to the extent regulatory changes affect a Fund’s ability to enter into swap agreements.

Trading in Futures Contracts

A futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific financial instrument ( e.g. , units of a stock index) for a specified price, date, time and place designated at the time the contract is made. Brokerage fees are incurred when a futures contract is bought or sold and margin deposits must be maintained. Entering into a contract to buy is commonly referred to as buying or purchasing a contract or holding a long position. Entering into a contract to sell is commonly referred to as selling a contract or holding a short position.  

Unlike when a Fund purchases or sells a security, no price would be paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Upon entering into a futures contract, and to maintain a Fund’s open positions in futures contracts, the Fund would be required to deposit with its futures broker in a segregated account an amount of cash, U.S. Government securities, suitable money market instruments, or other liquid securities, known as “initial margin.”

The margin required for a particular futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded, and may be significantly modified from time to time by the exchange during the term of the contract. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on margins that may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded.

If the price of an open futures contract changes (by increase in underlying instrument or index in the case of a sale or by decrease in the case of a purchase) so that the loss on the futures contract reaches a point at which the margin on deposit does not satisfy margin requirements, the broker will require an increase in the margin. However, if the value of a position increases because of favorable price changes in the futures contract so that the margin deposit exceeds the required margin, the broker will pay the excess to a Fund.

These subsequent payments, called “variation margin,” to and from the futures broker, are made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying assets fluctuate making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking to the market.” A Fund expects to earn interest income on its margin deposits.

Although certain futures contracts, by their terms, require actual future delivery of and payment for the underlying instruments, in practice most futures contracts are usually closed out before the delivery date. Closing out an open futures contract purchase or sale is effected by entering into an offsetting futures contract sale or purchase, respectively, for the same aggregate amount of the identical underlying instrument or index and the same delivery date. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is more, the Fund realizes a loss. Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is less, the Fund realizes a loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations. There can be no assurance, however, that a Fund will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures contract at

16
 

a particular time. If a Fund is not able to enter into an offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the futures contract.  

For example, one contract in the Financial Times Stock Exchange 100 Index future is a contract to buy 25 pounds sterling multiplied by the level of the UK Financial Times 100 Share Index on a given future date. Settlement of a stock index futures contract may or may not be in the underlying instrument or index. If not in the underlying instrument or index, then settlement will be made in cash, equivalent over time to the difference between the contract price and the actual price of the underlying asset at the time the stock index futures contract expires.  

A Fund’s futures contracts may be subject to periods of illiquidity because of market conditions, regulatory considerations and other reasons. For example, commodity exchanges limit fluctuations in certain futures contract prices during a single day by regulations referred to as “daily limits.” During a single day, no trades may be executed at prices beyond the daily limit. Once the price of a futures contract for a particular commodity has increased or decreased by an amount equal to the daily limit, positions in the commodity futures contracts can neither be taken nor liquidated unless the traders are willing to effect trades at or within the limit. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading. Such market conditions could prevent a Fund from promptly liquidating its futures contracts.

Over-the-Counter Instruments

The trading of over-the-counter instruments subjects a Fund to a variety of risks including: (1) counterparty risk; (2) basis risk; (3) interest rate risk; (4) settlement risk; (5) legal risk; and (6) operational risk. Counterparty risk is the risk that a Fund’s counterparties might default on their obligation to pay or perform generally on their obligations. The over-the-counter markets and some foreign (non-U.S.) markets are “principals’ markets.” That means that performance of the contract is the responsibility only of the individual firm or member on the other side of the trade and not any exchange or clearing corporation. Such “counterparty risk” is accentuated for contracts with longer maturities where events may intervene to prevent settlement, or where a Fund has concentrated its transactions with a single or small group of counterparties. Basis risk is the risk attributable to the movements in the spread between the derivative contract price and the future price of the underlying instrument. Interest rate risk is the general risk associated with movements in interest rates. Settlement risk is the risk that a settlement in a transfer system does not take place as expected. Legal risk is the risk that a transaction proves unenforceable in law or because it has been inadequately documented. Operational risk is the risk of unexpected losses arising from deficiencies in a firm’s management information, support and control systems and procedures. Transactions in over-the-counter derivatives may involve other risks as well, as there is no exchange market on which to close out an open position. It may be impossible to liquidate an existing position, to assess the value of a position or to assess the exposure to risk.

Structured Notes, Bonds and Debentures

Typically, the value of the principal and/or interest on these instruments is determined by reference to changes in the value of specific currencies, interest rates, commodities, indexes or other financial indicators (the “Reference”) or the relevant change in two or more References. The interest rate or the principal amount payable upon maturity or redemption may be increased or decreased depending upon changes in the applicable Reference. The terms of the structured securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and, therefore, may result in the loss of a Fund’s entire investment. The value of structured securities may move in the same or the opposite direction as the value of the Reference, so that appreciation of the Reference may produce an increase or decrease in the interest rate or value of the security at maturity. In addition, the change in interest rate or the value of the security at maturity may be a multiple of the change in the value of the Reference so that the security may be more or less volatile than the Reference, depending on the multiple. Consequently, structured securities may entail a greater degree of market risk and volatility than other types of debt obligations.

When-Issued, Forward Commitments and Delayed Settlements

A Fund may purchase and sell securities on a when-issued, forward commitment or delayed settlement basis. In this event, the Custodian (as defined under the section entitled “Custodian”) will segregate liquid assets equal to the amount of the commitment in a separate account as discussed in the Cover Requirements section. Normally, the Custodian will set aside portfolio securities to satisfy a purchase commitment. In such a case, a Fund may be required subsequently to segregate additional assets in order to assure that the value of the account remains equal to the amount of the Fund’s commitment. It may be expected that a Fund’s net assets will fluctuate to a greater degree when it sets aside portfolio securities to cover such purchase commitments than when it sets aside cash.

The Funds do not intend to engage in these transactions for speculative purposes but only in furtherance of its investment objectives. Because a Fund will segregate liquid assets to satisfy its purchase commitments in the manner described, the Fund’s liquidity and the ability of the adviser to manage them may be affected in the event the Fund’s forward commitments, commitments to purchase when-issued securities and delayed settlements ever exceeded 15% of the value of its net assets.

17
 

The Funds will purchase securities on a when-issued, forward commitment or delayed settlement basis only with the intention of completing the transaction. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, a Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it is entered into, and may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date. In these cases such Fund may realize a taxable capital gain or loss. When a Fund engages in when-issued, forward commitment and delayed settlement transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of such party to do so may result in a Fund incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price credited to be advantageous.

The market value of the securities underlying a when-issued purchase, forward commitment to purchase securities, or a delayed settlement and any subsequent fluctuations in their market value is taken into account when determining the market value of a Fund starting on the day the Fund agrees to purchase the securities. A Fund does not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until it has paid for and delivered on the settlement date.

Illiquid and Restricted Securities

Each Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. Illiquid securities include securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale ( e.g. , because they have not been registered under the Securities Act and securities that are otherwise not readily marketable ( e.g. , because trading in the security is suspended or because market makers do not exist or will not entertain bids or offers). Securities that have not been registered under the Securities Act are referred to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Foreign (non-U.S.) securities that are freely tradable in their principal markets are not considered to be illiquid.  

Restricted and other illiquid securities may be subject to the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. A Fund might be unable to dispose of illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty in satisfying redemption requests from shareholders. A Fund might have to register restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.  

A large institutional market exists for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act, including foreign (non-U.S.) securities. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments. Rule 144A under the Securities Act allows such a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise subject to restrictions on resale to the general public. Rule 144A establishes a “safe harbor” from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for resale of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. Rule 144A has produced enhanced liquidity for many restricted securities, and market liquidity for such securities may continue to expand as a result of this regulation and the consequent existence of the PORTAL system, which is an automated system for the trading, clearance and settlement of unregistered securities of domestic and foreign (non-U.S.) issuers sponsored by the Financial Industry Regulatory, Inc.  

Under guidelines adopted by the Trust’s Board, a Fund’s adviser may determine that particular Rule 144A securities, and commercial paper issued in reliance on the private placement exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, are liquid even though they are not registered. A determination of whether such a security is liquid or not is a question of fact. In making this determination, the adviser will consider, as it deems appropriate under the circumstances and among other factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security; (3) the number of other potential purchasers of the security; (4) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; (5) the nature of the security ( e.g. , debt or equity, date of maturity, terms of dividend or interest payments, and other material terms) and the nature of the marketplace trades ( e.g. , the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and the mechanics of transfer); and (6) the rating of the security and the financial condition and prospects of the issuer. In the case of commercial paper, the adviser will also determine that the paper (1) is not traded flat or in default as to principal and interest, and (2) is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by at least two National Statistical Rating Organization (“NRSRO”) or, if only one NRSRO rates the security, by that NRSRO, or, if the security is unrated, the adviser determines that it is of equivalent quality.   

Rule 144A securities and Section 4(2) commercial paper that have been deemed liquid as described above will continue to be monitored by the adviser to determine if the security is no longer liquid as the result of changed conditions. Investing in Rule 144A securities or Section 4(2) commercial paper could have the effect of increasing the amount of a Fund’s assets invested in illiquid securities if institutional buyers are unwilling to purchase such securities.  

Lending Portfolio Securities

For the purpose of achieving income, each Fund may lend its portfolio securities, provided (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of U.S. Government securities or cash or cash equivalents (cash, U.S. Government securities, negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit) maintained on a daily mark-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned, (2) the Fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of securities

18
 

loaned, (3) the Fund will receive any interest or dividends received on the loaned securities, and (4) the aggregate value of the securities loaned will not at any time exceed one-third of the total assets of the Fund.  

Short Sales

A Fund may employ “short selling” for both (1) investment purposes and (2) for defensive purposes as a hedging strategy.  For investment purposes, when the adviser believes that particular index, company or sector is relatively overvalued, a Fund may sell a security short with the expectation that it can be repurchased at a lower price, thus generating a gain for the Fund. For defensive purposes, when the adviser believes that a security or group of securities in a Fund is susceptible to a decline in value, the Fund may sell a security short with the expectation any decline in value of the security sold short will serve to offset some of the decline in value suffered by the Fund’s portfolio of securities.  A short sale strategy is different than a long-only strategy because it consists of selling borrowed shares in the hope that they can be bought back later at a lower price.

A Fund may sell securities short involving the use of derivative instruments and to offset potential declines in long positions in similar securities. A short sale is a transaction in which a Fund sells a security it does not own or have the right to acquire (or that it owns but does not wish to deliver) in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline.  

When a Fund makes a short sale, the broker-dealer through which the short sale is made must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the party purchasing the security. A Fund is required to make a margin deposit in connection with such short sales; the Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and will often be obligated to pay over any dividends and accrued interest on borrowed securities.  

If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time a Fund covers its short position, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. The successful use of short selling may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.

To the extent a Fund sells securities short, it will provide collateral to the broker-dealer and (except in the case of short sales “against the box”) will maintain additional asset coverage in the form of cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities with its custodian in a segregated account in an amount at least equal to the difference between the current market value of the securities sold short and any amounts required to be deposited as collateral with the selling broker (not including the proceeds of the short sale). A Fund does not intend to enter into short sales (other than short sales “against the box”) if immediately after such sales the aggregate of the value of all collateral plus the amount in such segregated account exceeds 50% of the value of the Fund’s net assets. This percentage may be varied by action of the Board of Trustees. A short sale is “against the box” to the extent a Fund contemporaneously owns, or has the right to obtain at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short.

Short sales create a risk that a Fund will be required to close the short position by buying the security at a time when the security has appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Fund. A short position in a security poses more risk than holding the same security long. Because a short position loses value as the security’s price increases, the loss on a short sale is theoretically unlimited.  

To the extent that a Fund uses short sales as a hedging technique, the Fund is subject to correlation risk. Specifically, the correlation between the security sold short and the hedged security may be imperfect, reducing the expected benefit to the Fund of a short sale, or there may be no correlation at all.  It is possible that the market value of the securities a Fund holds in long positions will decline at the same time that the market value of the securities the Fund has sold short increases, thereby increasing the Fund’s potential volatility.

In addition, any gain on a short sale is decreased, and any loss is increased, by the amount of any payments, such as lender fees, replacement of dividends or interest that a Fund may be required to make with respect to the borrowed securities.  Market factors may prevent a Fund from closing out a short position at the most desirable time or at a favorable price. The lender of the borrowed securities may require a Fund to return the securities on short notice, which may require the Fund to purchase the borrowed securities at an unfavorable price, resulting in a loss.  You should be aware that any strategy that includes selling securities short could suffer significant losses.  Short selling will also result in higher transaction costs (such as interest and dividends), which reduce a Fund’s return, and may result in higher taxes.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Each Fund has adopted the following investment restrictions that may not be changed without approval by a “majority of the outstanding shares” of the Fund which, as used in this SAI, means the vote of the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the shares of the Fund

19
 

represented at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

 

1. Diversification. For the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund only, with respect to 75% of its total assets, the Fund may not purchase any security (other than U.S. Government Securities or securities of other investment companies) if as a result: (i) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after and as the result of such purchase would be invested in the securities of any one issuer, or (ii) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of a single issuer. The Hanlon Managed Income Fund has elected to qualify as a non-diversified series of the Trust.

2. Borrowing Money. Each Fund may not borrow money, except to the extent permitted under applicable securities laws.

3. Senior Securities. Each Fund may not issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under applicable securities laws

4. Underwriting. Each Fund may not act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the Fund may be considered an underwriter under applicable securities laws in the disposition of portfolio securities or in the purchase of securities directly from the issuer thereof.

5. Concentration. Each Fund may not purchase any security (other than U.S. Government Securities or securities of other investment companies) if as a result more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets, taken at market value at the time of investment, would be invested in the securities of issuers whose principal business activities are in the same industry.

6. Real Estate. Each Fund may not purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, but this policy shall not prevent the Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate ( e.g. , REITs) or in securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business.

7. Commodities. Each Fund may purchase or sell commodities to the extent permitted by applicable law from time to time.

8. Loans. Each Fund may not make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and any applicable exemptive relief.

THE FOLLOWING ARE ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS OF EACH FUND. THE FOLLOWING RESTRICTIONS ARE DESIGNATED AS NON-FUNDAMENTAL AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE TRUST WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF SHAREHOLDERS.

 

1. Pledging. Each Fund will not mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or in any manner transfer, as security for indebtedness, any assets of the Fund except as may be necessary in connection with borrowings described in limitation (1) above.  Margin deposits, security interests, liens and collateral arrangements with respect to transactions involving options, futures contracts, short sales and other permitted investments and techniques are not deemed to be a mortgage, pledge or hypothecation of assets for purposes of this limitation.

 

2. Borrowing. Each Fund will not purchase any security while borrowings representing more than one third of its total assets are outstanding.  

 

3. Margin Purchases. Each Fund may not purchase securities on margin, except for use of short-term credit necessary for clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities, but it may make margin deposits in connection with covered transactions in options, futures, options on futures and short positions. For purposes of this restriction, the posting of margin deposits or other forms of collateral in connection with swap agreements is not considered purchasing securities on margin.

 

4. Illiquid Investments. Each Fund will not hold 15% or more of its net assets in securities for which there are legal or contractual restrictions on resale and other illiquid securities.

 

If a restriction on a Fund’s investments is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a subsequent change in the percentage of Fund assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in average duration of the Fund’s investment portfolio, resulting from changes in the value of the Fund’s total assets, will not be considered a violation of the restriction; provided, however, that the asset coverage requirement applicable to borrowings shall be maintained in the manner contemplated by applicable law.

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

20
 

The Trust has adopted policies and procedures that govern the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio holdings. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that such disclosure is in the best interests of each Fund’s shareholders.

 

It is the Trust’s policy to:  (1) ensure that any disclosure of portfolio holdings information is in the best interest of Trust shareholders; (2) protect the confidentiality of portfolio holdings information; (3) have procedures in place to guard against personal trading based on the information; and (4) ensure that the disclosure of portfolio holdings information does not create conflicts between the interests of the Trust’s shareholders and those of the Trust’s affiliates.

 

Each Fund discloses its portfolio holdings by mailing its annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders approximately two months after the end of the fiscal year and semi-annual period.  In addition, each Fund discloses its portfolio holdings reports on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q two months after the end of each quarter/semi-annual period.

 

The Funds may choose to make portfolio holdings available to rating agencies such as Lipper, Morningstar or Bloomberg more frequently on a confidential basis.

 

Under limited circumstances, as described below, each Fund’s portfolio holdings may be disclosed to, or known by, certain third parties in advance of their filing with the SEC on Form N-CSR or Form N-Q.  In each case, a determination has been made that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipient is subject to a duty to keep the information confidential.

 

· The Adviser. Personnel of the adviser, including personnel responsible for managing a Fund’s portfolio, may have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings since that information is necessary in order for the adviser to provide its management, administrative, and investment services to the Fund. As required for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability, demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the assistance of the portfolio managers in the trading of such securities, personnel of the adviser may also release and discuss certain portfolio holdings with various broker-dealers.

 

· Gemini Fund Services, LLC is the transfer agent, fund accountant, administrator and custody administrator for the Funds; therefore, its personnel have full daily access to each Fund’s portfolio holdings since that information is necessary in order for them to provide the agreed-upon services for the Trust.

 

· The Bank of New York Mellon is custodian for the Funds; therefore, its personnel have full daily access to each Fund’s portfolio holdings since that information is necessary in order for them to provide the agreed-upon services for the Trust.

 

· KPMG LLP is the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm; therefore, its personnel have access to each Fund’s portfolio holdings in connection with auditing of each Fund’s annual financial statements and providing assistance and consultation in connection with SEC filings.

 

· Dechert LLP is counsel to the Funds; therefore, its personnel have access to each Fund’s portfolio holdings in connection with review of each Fund’s annual and semi-annual shareholder reports and SEC filings.

 

Additions to List of Approved Recipients.  The Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer is the person responsible, and whose prior approval is required, for any disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio securities at any time or to any persons other than those described above.  In such cases, the recipient must have a legitimate business need for the information and must be subject to a duty to keep the information confidential. There are no ongoing arrangements in place with respect to the disclosure of portfolio holdings. In no event shall the Funds, the adviser or any other party receive any direct or indirect compensation in connection with the disclosure of information about the Funds’ portfolio holdings.

 

Compliance With Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Procedures.  The Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer will report periodically to the Board with respect to compliance with the Funds’ portfolio holdings disclosure procedures, and from time to time will provide the Board any updates to the portfolio holdings disclosure policies and procedures.

 

There is no assurance that the Trust’s policies on disclosure of portfolio holdings will protect each Fund from the potential misuse of holdings information by individuals or firms in possession of that information.

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The business of the Trust is managed under the direction of the Board in accordance with the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and the Trust’s By-laws (collectively, the “Governing Documents”), which have been filed with the SEC and are available upon request.

21
 

The Board consists of four individuals, all of whom are not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Trust and the Adviser (“Independent Trustees”). Pursuant to the Governing Documents of the Trust, the Trustees shall elect officers including, but not limited to, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and a Chief Compliance Officer. The Board retains the power to conduct, operate and carry on the business of the Trust and has the power to incur and pay any expenses, which, in the opinion of the Board, are necessary or incidental to carry out any of the Trust’s purposes. The Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust, when acting in such capacities, shall not be subject to any personal liability except for his or her own bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his or her duties.

 

Board Leadership Structure.   The Board is led by Mark Gersten, who has served as the Chairman of the Board since the Trust was first registered with the SEC in 2012. Under the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws, the Chairman of the Board is responsible for (a) presiding at Board meetings, (b) calling special meetings on an as-needed basis, and (c) execution and administration of Trust policies, including (i) setting the agendas for Board meetings and (ii) providing information to Board members in advance of each Board meeting and between Board meetings. Generally, the Trust believes it best to have a non-executive Chairman of the Board, who together with the President (principal executive officer), are seen by our shareholders, business partners and other stakeholders as providing strong leadership.  The Trust believes that its Chairman, the independent chair of the Audit Committee, and, as an entity, the full Board of Trustees, provide effective leadership that is in the best interests of the Trust, its Funds and each shareholder.

 

Board Risk Oversight .  The Board of Trustees is comprised entirely of Independent Trustees with an Audit Committee and Valuation Committee, each with a separate chair.  The Board is responsible for overseeing risk management, and the full Board regularly engages in discussions of risk management and receives compliance reports that inform its oversight of risk management from its Chief Compliance Officer at quarterly meetings and on an ad hoc basis, when and if necessary.  The Audit Committee considers financial and reporting the risk within its area of responsibilities.  Generally, the Board believes that its oversight of material risks is adequately maintained through the compliance-reporting chain where the Chief Compliance Officer is the primary recipient and communicator of such risk-related information.

 

Trustee Qualifications.  Generally, the Funds believe that each Trustee is competent to serve because of their individual overall merits including: (i) experience, (ii) qualifications, (iii) attributes and (iv) skills.  Mark Garbin has over 20 years of experience in corporate balance sheet and income statement risk management for large asset managers. Mr. Garbin has extensive derivatives experience and has provided consulting services to alternative asset managers. Mr. Garbin is a CFA Charterholder and holds advanced degrees in international business, negotiation and derivatives. Mark Gersten has over 25 years of business experience in the investment management business with a focus on mutual funds and alternative funds. He possesses a strong understanding of the regulatory framework under which investment companies must operate based on his service to this board and extensive experience administering mutual funds. Mr. Gersten is a certified public accountant and holds an MBA in accounting. Neil Kaufman has 28 years of experience as a corporate and securities attorney and possesses a deep understanding of the securities industry in general and financial statements in particular. Mr. Kaufman has previously served as the Chairman of a NASDAQ-listed technology company and the Chairman of the Banking & Securities Law committee of the Nassau County Bar Association. Anita Krug has extensive experience as an attorney advising investment advisory firms, particularly those managing hedge funds. She also has extensive experience as a law professor whose scholarship focuses on investment advisers, hedge funds and mutual funds. The Funds do not believe any one factor is determinative in assessing a Trustee’s qualifications, but that collective experience of each Trustee makes them well qualified.

 

Trustees and Officers.  The Trustees and officers of the Trust, together with information as to their principal business occupations during the past five years and other information, are shown below.   Unless otherwise noted, the address of each Trustee and Officer is 17605 Wright Street, Suite 2, Omaha, Nebraska  68130.

 

 

Independent Trustees*

Name, Address,

Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held with Registrant

 

Term and Length Served

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

 

Number of Portfolios Overseen In The Fund Complex**

 

Other Directorships Held During Past 5 Years

 

Mark Garbin

Year of Birth: 1951

 

Trustee, Valuation Committee Chairman

 

Indefinite, Since 2012

 

Managing Principal, Coherent Capital Management LLC (since 2007)

 

14

 

Forethought Variable Insurance Trust (since 2013) (Lead Independent and
22
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chairman of the Valuation Committee); Northern Lights Fund Trust (since 2013); Northern Lights Variable Trust (since 2013); Altegris KKR Private Equity Master Fund and Altegris KKR Private Equity Fund (since 2014) (Chairman of the Valuation Committees)

Mark D. Gersten

Year of Birth: 1950

 

Chairman, Trustee, Audit Committee Chairman

 

Indefinite, Since 2012

 

Independent Consultant (since 2012); Senior Vice President – Global Fund Administration Mutual Funds & Alternative Funds, AllianceBernstein LP (1985-2011)

 

14 Schroder Global Series Trust  (since 2012); Northern Lights Fund Trust (since 2013); Northern Lights Variable Trust (since 2013); Altegris KKR Private Equity Master Fund and Altegris KKR Private Equity Fund (since 2014) (Chairman of the Boards and Chairman of the Audit Committees)

Neil M. Kaufman

Year of Birth: 1960

 

Trustee

 

Indefinite, Since 2012

 

 

Partner, Abrams Fensterman, Fensterman, Eisman, Formato, Ferrara & Wolf, LLP (since 2011); Partner, Davidoff, Malito & Hutcher, LLP (2004-2010)

 

 

14

 

Altegris KKR Private Equity Master Fund and Altegris KKR Private Equity Fund (since 2014)

Anita K. Krug

Year of Birth: 1969

 

Trustee

 

Indefinite, Since 2012

 

Assistant Professor, University of Washington School of Law (since 2010); Partner, Howard Rice, P.C. (2007-2010)

 

14

 

Altegris KKR Private Equity Master Fund and Altegris KKR Private Equity Fund (since 2014)

 

 

* Information is as of August 12, 2015.

** The Fund Complex currently consists of 14 series of the Trust.

 

23
 

Officers of the Trust*

Name, Address,

Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held with Registrant

 

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

 

Number of Portfolios Overseen In The Fund Complex**

 

Other Directorships Held During Past 5 Years

 

Andrew Rogers

80 Arkay Drive

Hauppauge, NY  11788

Year of Birth: 1969

 

President

Since Inception

 

Chief Executive Officer, Gemini Fund Services, LLC (since 2012); President and Manager, Gemini Fund Services, LLC (2006 - 2012); Formerly Manager, Northern Lights Compliance Services, LLC (2006 – 2008); and President and Manager, GemCom LLC (2004 - 2011).

N/A

 

Northern Lights Fund Trust (since 2013)

 

Richard A. Malinowski

80 Arkay Drive

Hauppauge, NY  11788

Year of Birth: 1983

 

Secretary

Since 2013

 

Assistant Vice President, Gemini Fund Services, LLC, (2012 – present); Vice President and Manager, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US), Inc., (2011-2012); Senior Specialist, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US), Inc.(formerly PNC Global Investment Servicing (US) Inc.) (2008-2011).

N/A

 

N/A

 

James Colantino

80 Arkay Drive

Hauppauge, NY  11788

Year of Birth: 1969

 

Treasurer

Since Inception

 

Vice President from 2004 to Present; Senior Fund Administrator from 1999 to 2004, Gemini Fund Services, LLC.

N/A

 

N/A

 

William B. Kimme

Year of Birth: 1962

 

Chief Compliance Officer

Since Inception

Senior Compliance Officer, Northern Lights Compliance Services, LLC (September 2011 - present); Compliance Officer, Mick & Associates (August, 2009 - September 2011); Assistant Director, FINRA (January 2000 – August 2009).

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

* Information is as of August 12, 2015 .

** The Fund Complex currently consists of 14 series of the Trust.

 

Audit Committee.  The Board has an Audit Committee that consists solely of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust within the meaning of the 1940 Act. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include, among other things: (i) the selection, retention or termination of the Trust’s independent auditors and approval of audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors; (ii) reviewing with the independent auditors the scope, performance and anticipated cost of their audit; (iii) discussing with the independent auditors certain matters relating to the Trust’s financial statements, including any adjustment to such financial statements recommended by such independent auditors, or any other results of any audit; (iv) reviewing on a periodic basis a formal written statement from the independent auditors with respect to their independence, discussing with the independent auditors any relationships or services disclosed in the statement that may impact the objectivity and independence of the Trust’s independent auditors and recommending that the Board take appropriate action in response thereto to satisfy itself of the auditor’s independence; and (v) considering the comments of the independent auditors and management’s responses thereto with respect to the quality and adequacy of the Trust’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and internal controls.  The Audit Committee operates pursuant to an Audit Committee Charter.  During the past fiscal year, the Audit Committee met ten times.

 

24
 

Valuation Committee. The Board has a Valuation Committee that consists solely of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust within the meaning of the 1940 Act. The Valuation Committee’s responsibilities include, among other things: (i) overseeing and monitoring implementation of the Trust’s Fund Securities Valuation Procedures by Gemini Fund Services, LLC (“GFS”) and the Trust’s Fair Value Committee; (ii) reviewing any fair valuation of the Funds’ securities by the Fair Value Committee (a “Fair Value Determination”); (iii) monitoring the Board’s fulfillment of its obligations with respect to the valuation of the Trust’s assets under the 1940 Act, including the rules adopted thereunder and applicable guidance with respect to investment company valuation matters by the SEC; (iv) overseeing the Fair Value Committee’s processes and procedures in making Fair Value Determinations and reporting, or causing to be reported, such Fair Value Determinations to the Board for its consideration periodically; (v) as appropriate, ratifying the Fair Value Committee’s policies and procedures in making and reporting Fair Value Determinations; (vi) reviewing the formulation of, or amendment to, valuation policies and fair value methodologies, including factors to be considered in Fair Value Determinations and how such factors are to be weighed, the valuation proposed by the Fair Value Committee, GFS and/or the respective Fund’s investment adviser and/or sub-adviser (as applicable) and their assessment of the continued appropriateness of the valuation and fair value methodologies, and making recommendations with respect thereto for the consideration, and as appropriate, the adoption of such recommendations by the Board; (vii) periodically reviewing the role of the Fair Value Committee and making recommendations to the Board with respect to any changes or modifications; (viii) reviewing the reports required under the Trust’s Fund Securities Valuation Procedures; and (ix) considering any other matters requested by the Board. The Valuation Committee operates pursuant to a Valuation Committee Charter.  During the past fiscal year, the Valuation Committee met seven times.    

 

 

Compensation of Directors. Effective January 1, 2015, the Trust pays each Independent Trustee a fee of $25,000 per annum, as well as reimbursement for any reasonable expenses incurred attending the meetings, to be paid at the end of each calendar quarter.  In addition, the Chairman of the Board receives an additional annual fee of $5,000.00, the Chairman of the Audit Committee receives an additional annual fee of $10,000.00, and the Chairman of the Valuation Committee receives an additional annual fee of $5,000.00.  Prior to January 1, 2015, the Trust paid each Independent Trustee a quarterly fee of $5,000.00, as well as reimbursement for any reasonable expenses incurred attending the meetings, to be paid at the end of each calendar quarter.  In addition, the Chairman of the Board received an additional annual fee of $2,500.00, the Chairman of the Audit Committee received an additional annual fee of $2,500.00, and the Chairman of the Valuation Committee received an additional annual fee of $2,500.00.

 

Prior to January 1, 2014, the Trust paid each Independent Trustee a quarterly fee of 2,500.00, as well as reimbursement for any reasonable expenses incurred attending the meetings, to be paid at the end of each calendar quarter.  In addition, the Chairman of the Board received an additional annual fee of $2,500.00, the Chairman of the Audit Committee received an additional annual fee of $2,500.00, and the Chairman of the Valuation Committee received an additional annual fee of $2,500.00. No “interested persons” who serve as a Trustee of the Trust will receive any compensation for their services as Trustee. None of the executive officers receive compensation from the Trust.

 

The table below details the amount of compensation the Trustees received from the Trust during the fiscal year ending July 31, 2015.  The Trust does not have a bonus, profit sharing, deferred compensation, pension or retirement plan.

 

 

 

Name and Position

 

Aggregate Compensation From Trust*

 

Total Compensation From Trust and Fund Complex Paid to Trustees

 

Mark Garbin

 

$28,125 $28,125

Mark Gersten

 

$32,500 $32,500

Neil Kaufman

 

$27,500 $27,500

Anita Krug

 

$23,750 $23,750

 

*The Trust has multiple series.  Trustees’ fees are allocated equally to each fund in the Trust.

 

Trustees’ Ownership of Shares in the Funds .  As of December 31, 2014, the Trustees beneficially owned the following amounts in each Fund and Two Roads Shared Trust:

25
 

 

Name of Trustee

 

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Hanlon Managed Income Fund

 

Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

 

Mark Garbin

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

Mark Gersten

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

Neil Kaufman

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

Anita Krug

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

 

 

Management Ownership

 

Because there were no shares outstanding as of the date of this SAI, the Trustees and officers, as a group, owned 0% of each Fund’s outstanding shares.

 

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS

 

A principal shareholder is any person who owns of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund. A control person is one who owns beneficially or through controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company or acknowledges the existence of control.

 

As of the date of this SAI:

 

i. no persons were “control” persons of a Fund.  This means that there were no persons (i) owning beneficially more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Fund, or (ii) that by acknowledgment or assertion by the controlled party or controlling party, were in control of a Fund;
ii. no persons owned of record or were known by the Funds to beneficially own 5% or more of a Fund’s outstanding shares; and
iii. the Trustees and officers, as a group, owned less than one percent of each Fund’s outstanding shares.

INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

Investment Adviser and Investment Advisory Agreement

 

Hanlon Investment Management, Inc. (“Hanlon” or the “Adviser”) serves as investment adviser to the Funds. Its principal place of business is 3393 Bargaintown Road, Egg Harbor Township, NJ 08234. Subject to the authority of the Board of Trustees, the Adviser is responsible for the overall management of each Fund’s business affairs. Hanlon is wholly owned by John J. (“Sean”) Hanlon. As of December 31, 2014, Hanlon had assets under management of approximately $3.4 billion.

 

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser, subject to the supervision of the Board, agrees to invest the assets of each Fund in accordance with applicable law and the investment objective, policies and restrictions set forth in the Funds’ current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, and subject to such further limitations as the Trust may from time to time impose by written notice to the Adviser.  The Adviser shall act as the investment adviser to each Fund and, as such shall: (i) obtain and evaluate such information relating to the economy, industries, business, securities markets and securities as it may deem necessary or useful in discharging its responsibilities hereunder; (ii) formulate a continuing program for the investment of the assets of the Fund in a manner consistent with its investment objective, policies and restrictions; and (iii) determine from time to time securities to be purchased, sold, retained or lent by the Fund, and implement those decisions, including the selection of entities with or through which such purchases, sales or loans are to be effected; provided, that the Adviser will place orders pursuant to its investment determinations either directly with the  issuer or with a broker or dealer, and if with a broker or dealer, will attempt to obtain the best price and

26
 

execution of its orders, and may nevertheless in its discretion purchase and sell portfolio securities from and to brokers who provide the Adviser with research, analysis, advice and similar services and pay such brokers in return a higher commission or spread than may be charged by other brokers.  The Adviser also provides necessary office facilities and personnel for servicing the Funds’ investments, compensates all officers, Trustees and employees of the Trust who are officers, directors or employees of the Adviser, and all personnel of the Funds or the Adviser performing services relating to research, statistical and investment activities. The Investment Advisory Agreement was approved by the Board of the Trust, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, at a meeting held on April 20, 2015.

 

The following table sets forth the annual management fee rate payable by each Fund to the Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, expressed as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

FUND

ADVISORY FEE

 

Hanlon Managed Income Fund

 

1.00%

Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund

 

1.00%

 

For its services to the Funds, the Adviser is entitled to receive an annual fee equal to the percentages of each Fund’s average daily net assets in the table above. In addition to the investment advisory fee, each Fund pays other expenses including costs incurred in connection with the maintenance of its securities law registration, printing and mailing prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information to shareholders, certain financial accounting services, taxes or governmental fees, custodial, transfer and shareholder servicing agent costs, expenses of outside counsel and independent accountants, preparation of shareholder reports and expenses of trustee and shareholders meetings.  The fee is computed daily and payable monthly.

 

Expenses not expressly assumed by the Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement are paid by the Funds.  Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, each Fund is responsible for the payment of the following expenses among others: (a) the fees payable to the Adviser; (b) the fees and expenses of Trustees who are not affiliated persons of the Adviser or Distributor (as defined under the section entitled “The Distributor”); (c) the fees and certain expenses of the Custodian (as defined under the section entitled “Custodian”) and Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent (as defined under the section entitled “Transfer Agent”), including the cost of maintaining certain required records of the Fund and of pricing the Fund’s shares; (d) the charges and expenses of legal counsel and independent accountants for the Fund; (e) brokerage commissions and any issue or transfer taxes chargeable to the Fund in connection with its securities transactions, (f) all taxes and corporate fees payable by the Fund to governmental agencies; (g) the fees of any trade association of which the Fund may be a member; (h) the cost of share certificates representing shares of the Fund; (i) the cost of fidelity and liability insurance; (j) the fees and expenses involved in registering and maintaining registration of the Fund and of shares with the SEC, qualifying its shares under state securities laws, including the preparation and printing of the Fund’s registration statements and prospectuses for such purposes; (k) all expenses of shareholders and Trustees’ meetings (including travel expenses of trustees and officers of the Trust who are directors, officers or employees of the Adviser) and of preparing, printing and mailing reports, proxy statements and prospectuses to shareholders in the amount necessary for distribution to the shareholders; and (l) litigation and indemnification expenses and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business.

 

With respect to each Fund, the Investment Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for two years initially and thereafter shall continue from year to year provided such continuance is approved at least annually by (a) a vote of the majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting specifically called for the purpose of voting on such approval and by (b) the majority vote of either all of the Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The Agreement may be terminated without penalty on 60 days’ written notice by a vote of a majority of the Trustees, the Adviser, or by holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares. The Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

 

Expense Limitation Agreement

 

The Adviser has contractually agreed to reduce the Funds’ fees and/or to absorb expenses of the Funds until at least until December 1, 2016, to ensure that total annual Fund operating expenses (exclusive of any front-end or contingent deferred loads; brokerage fees and commissions; expenses of other investment companies in which the Fund may invest (“acquired fund fees and expenses”); borrowing costs, such as interest and dividend expenses on securities sold short; taxes; and extraordinary expenses, such as litigation expenses) do not exceed the percentages in the table below, expressed as a percentage of average daily net assets attributable to each respective

27
 

share class of the Funds. This agreement may be terminated by the Board on 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser. These expense reimbursements are subject to possible recoupment from a Fund in future years on a rolling three-year basis (within three years after the fees have been waived or reimbursed) if such recoupment can be achieved within the below expense limits. Fee waiver and reimbursement arrangements can decrease a Fund’s expenses and increase its performance.

 

Class

 

Expense Cap

 

Minimum Duration

 

A 1.70% December 1, 2016
C 2.45% December 1, 2016
I 1.45% December 1, 2016
R 1.95% December 1, 2016

 

Codes of Ethics

 

The Trust, the Adviser and the Distributor each have adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that governs the personal securities transactions of their board members, officers and employees who may have access to current trading information of the Trust. Under the code of ethics adopted by the Trust (the “Code”), the Trustees are permitted to invest in securities that may also be purchased by each Fund.  

 

In addition, the Trust has adopted a separate code of ethics that applies only to the Trust’s executive officers to ensure that these officers promote professional conduct in the practice of corporate governance and management. The purpose behind these guidelines is to promote (i) honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships; (ii) full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that a registrant files with, or submits to, the SEC and in other public communications made by the Funds; (iii) compliance with applicable governmental laws, rule and regulations; (iv) the prompt internal reporting of violations of this Code to an appropriate person or persons identified in the Code; and (v) accountability for adherence to the Code.

 

Proxy Voting Policies

 

The Board has adopted Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Policies”) on behalf of the Trust, which delegate the responsibility for voting proxies to a fund’s investment adviser, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight. The Policies require that the adviser vote proxies received in a manner consistent with the best interests of each Fund and its shareholders. The Policies also require the adviser to present to the Board, at least annually, a copy of the adviser’s proxy voting policies and a record of each proxy voted by the adviser on behalf of the fund, including a report on the resolution of all proxies identified by the adviser as involving a conflict of interest.

 

Where a proxy proposal raises a material conflict between an investment adviser’s interests and a fund’s interests, the adviser will resolve the conflict by voting in accordance with the policy guidelines or at the client’s directive using the recommendation of an independent third party.  If the third party’s recommendations are not received in a timely fashion, the adviser will abstain from voting the securities held by that client’s account. A copy of the Adviser’s proxy voting policies is attached hereto as Appendix A.

 

More information . Information regarding how each Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available (1) without charge, upon request, by calling the Hanlon Managed Income Fund at 1-844-828-3212 or the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund at 1-844-828-3212; and (2) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov and will be sent within three business days of receipt of a request.

 

THE DISTRIBUTOR

 

Northern Lights Distributors, LLC, located at 17605 Wright Street, Omaha, Nebraska 68130 (the “Distributor”), serves as the principal underwriter and distributor of the Trust pursuant to an underwriting agreement with the Trust (the “Underwriting Agreement”). The Distributor is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and each state’s securities laws and is a member of FINRA. The offering of each Fund’s shares are continuous. The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Distributor, as agent in connection with the distribution of Fund shares, will use reasonable efforts to facilitate the sale of each Fund’s shares.

 

The Underwriting Agreement provides that, unless sooner terminated, it will continue in effect for two years initially and thereafter shall continue from year to year, subject to annual approval by (a) the Board or a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares, and (b)

28
 

by a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust or of the Distributor by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

 

The Underwriting Agreement may be terminated with respect to a Fund at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the entire Board of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund on 60 days’ written notice to the Distributor, or by the Distributor at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on 60 days’ written notice to the Fund. The Underwriting Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

 

Each Fund is newly organized and has not paid any compensation to the Distributor as of the date of this SAI.

 

Rule 12b-1 Plans

 

The Trust has adopted Distribution Plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “Plans”) pursuant to which each Fund is authorized to pay the Distributor, as compensation for the Distributor’s account maintenance services under the Plans, a distribution and shareholder servicing fee at the rate of up to 0.25% for Class A shares, up to 1.00% for Class C shares and up to 0.50% for Class R shares, of each Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the relevant class. Such fees are to be paid by each Fund monthly, or at such other intervals as the Board shall determine. Such fees shall be based upon each Fund’s average daily net assets during the preceding month, and shall be calculated and accrued daily. The Funds may pay fees to the Distributor at a lesser rate, as agreed upon by the Board of Trustees of the Trust and the Distributor. The Plans authorize payments to the Distributor as compensation for providing account maintenance services to Fund shareholders, including arranging for certain securities dealers or brokers, administrators and others (“Recipients”) to provide these services and paying compensation for these services. Each Fund will bear its own costs of distribution with respect to its shares. The Recipients or other entities also receive the proceeds and contingent deferred sales charges imposed on certain redemptions of shares, which are separate and apart from payments made pursuant to the Plans.

 

The services to be provided by Recipients may include, but are not limited to, the following: assistance in the offering and sale of Fund shares and in other aspects of the marketing of the shares to clients or prospective clients of the respective recipients; answering routine inquiries concerning the Funds; assisting in the establishment and maintenance of accounts or sub-accounts in the Funds and in processing purchase and redemption transactions; making each Fund’s investment plan and shareholder services available; and providing such other information and services to investors in shares of a Fund as the Distributor or the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, may reasonably request. The distribution services shall also include any advertising and marketing services provided by or arranged by the Distributor with respect to the Funds.  

 

The Distributor is required to provide a written report, at least quarterly to the Board of Trustees of the Trust, specifying in reasonable detail the amounts expended pursuant to the Plans and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. Further, the Distributor will inform the Board of any Rule 12b-1 fees to be paid by the Distributor to Recipients.  

 

The initial term of each Plan is one year and will continue in effect from year to year thereafter, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Trust and a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust and do not have a direct or indirect financial interest in the Plan (“Rule 12b-1 Trustees”) by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on a Plan. A Plan may be terminated at any time by the Trust or the Funds by vote of a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Funds.

 

A Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of the Distributor’s compensation to be paid by the Funds, unless such amendment is approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the affected class of a Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act). All material amendments must be approved by a majority of the Board of Trustees of the Trust and a majority of the Rule 12b- 1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on a Plan. During the term of a Plan, the selection and nomination of non-interested Trustees of the Trust will be committed to the discretion of current non-interested Trustees. The Distributor will preserve copies of each Plan, any related agreements, and all reports, for a period of not less than six years from the date of such document and for at least the first two years in an easily accessible place.  

 

Any agreement related to a Plan will be in writing and provide that: (a) it may be terminated by the Trust or the Funds at any time upon sixty days’ written notice, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the respective Rule 12b-1 Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust or the Funds; (b) it will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act); and (c) it will continue in effect for a period of more than one year from the date of its execution or adoption only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Board and a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees by votes cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such agreement.

 

29
 

PORTFOLIO MANAGER

 

The table below includes details about the type, number, and assets under management for the various types of accounts, and total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the accounts. The information is as of July 31, 2015:

 

John J. (“Sean”) Hanlon, IV

 

Account Type

Investment Team

 

Number of Accounts by Account Type

 

Total Assets By Account Type

 

Number of Accounts by Type Subject to a Performance Fee

 

Total assets By Account Type Subject to a Performance Fee

 

Registered Investment Companies

 

0 $0 0 $0

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

 

0 $0 0 $0

Other Accounts

 

24,600 $2.7 billion 0 $0

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

In addition to advising the Funds, the Adviser provides discretionary investment management services to individuals, investment companies, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates, charitable organizations, corporations and business entities (“clients”). The Adviser’s clients may participate in investment programs that have investment objectives, policies and strategies that are substantially similar to a Fund. Other clients of the Adviser may have differing investment programs, objectives, policies and strategies. In general, when a portfolio manager has responsibility for managing more than one account, potential conflicts of interest may arise. Those conflicts could include preferential treatment of one account over others in terms of allocation of resources or of investment opportunities. For instance, the Adviser may receive fees from certain accounts that are higher than the fee it receives from a Fund, or the Adviser could receive performance-based fees on certain accounts. The procedures to address conflicts of interest, if any, are described below.

 

The Adviser attempts to avoid conflicts of interest that may arise as a result of the management of multiple client accounts. From time to time, a portfolio manager may recommend or cause a client to invest in a security or other instrument in which another client of the Adviser has an ownership position. Transactions for each client generally will be effected independently, unless the Adviser decides to purchase or sell the same securities for several clients at approximately the same time. The Adviser may (but is not obligated to) combine or “batch” such orders to obtain best execution, to negotiate more favorable commission rates, or to allocate equitably among the Adviser’s clients differences in prices and commissions or other transaction costs that might have been obtained had such orders been placed independently. Under this procedure, transactions will generally be averaged as to price and allocated among the Adviser’s clients pro rata to the purchase and sale orders placed for each client on any given day. To the extent that the Adviser determines to aggregate client orders for the purchase or sale of securities, the Adviser does so in accordance with applicable law.

 

Compensation

 

Portfolio manager compensation is based on individual performance, the responsibilities of the employee and communication skills and analytical factors. In addition, as owner of the Adviser, Mr. Hanlon receives additional compensation in the form of net profits, if any, that the Adviser earns.

 

Ownership of Securities

 

Because each Fund is newly organized, as of the date of this SAI, the portfolio manager did not own any shares of the Funds.

 

30
 

ALLOCATION OF PORTFOLIO BROKERAGE

 

Specific decisions to purchase or sell securities for each Fund are made by the portfolio manager, who is an employee of the Adviser. The Adviser is authorized by the Trustees to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Funds to brokers or dealers who may, but need not, provide research or statistical material or other services to a Fund or the Adviser for a Fund’s use. Such allocation is to be in such amounts and proportions as the Adviser may determine.  

 

In selecting a broker or dealer to execute each particular transaction, the Adviser will take the following into consideration:

the best net price available;
the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker or dealer;  
the size of and difficulty in executing the order; and
the value of the expected contribution of the broker or dealer to the investment performance of a Fund on a continuing basis.

 

Brokers or dealers executing a portfolio transaction on behalf of a Fund may receive a commission in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for executing the transaction if the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of brokerage, research and other services provided to the Fund. In allocating portfolio brokerage, the Adviser may select brokers or dealers who also provide brokerage, research and other services to other accounts over which the Adviser exercises investment discretion. Some of the services received as the result of Fund transactions may primarily benefit accounts other than those of a Fund, while services received as the result of portfolio transactions effected on behalf of those other accounts may primarily benefit the Fund.

 

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

 

Each Fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year. The calculation excludes from both the numerator and the denominator securities with maturities at the time of acquisition of one year or less. High portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which will be borne directly by that Fund. A 100% turnover rate would occur if all of a Fund’s portfolio securities were replaced once within a one-year period.  

 

OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

Fund Administration, Fund Accounting and Transfer Agent Services

 

Gemini Fund Services, LLC (“GFS”), which has its principal office at 17605 Wright Street, Suite 2, Omaha, Nebraska 68130, serves as administrator, fund accountant and transfer agent for the Funds pursuant to the Fund Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) with the Funds and subject to the supervision of the Board.  GFS is primarily in the business of providing administrative, fund accounting and transfer agent services to retail and institutional mutual funds. GFS is an affiliate of the Distributor. GFS may also provide persons to serve as officers of the Funds. Such officers may be directors, officers or employees of GFS or its affiliates.

 

The Agreement became effective on August 12, 2015 and will remain in effect for two years from the applicable effective date for each Fund, and will continue in effect for successive twelve-month periods provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Board.  The Agreement is terminable by the Board or GFS on 90 days’ written notice and may be assigned by either party, provided that the Trust may not assign this agreement without the prior written consent of GFS. The Agreement provides that GFS shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to the Agreement.

 

Under the Agreement, GFS performs administrative services for each Fund, including: (1) monitor the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Trust by others service providers; (2) monitor Fund holdings and operations for post-trade compliance with the Fund’s registration statement and applicable laws and rules; (3) prepare and coordinate the printing of semi-annual and annual financial statements; (4) prepare selected management reports for performance and compliance analyses; (5) prepare and disseminate materials for and attend and participate in meetings of the Board; (6) determine income and capital gains available for distribution and calculate distributions required to meet regulatory, income, and excise tax requirements; (7) review the Trust’s federal, state, and local tax returns as prepared and signed by the Trust’s independent public accountants; (8) prepare and maintain the Trust’s operating expense budget to determine proper expense accruals to be charged to the Fund to calculate its daily net asset value; (9) assist in and monitor the preparation, filing, printing and where applicable, dissemination to shareholders of amendments to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A, periodic reports to the Trustees, shareholders and the SEC, notices pursuant to Rule 24f-2, proxy materials and reports to the SEC on Forms N-SAR, N-CSR, N-Q and N-PX; (10) coordinate the Trust’s audits and examinations by assisting the Fund’s independent public accountants; (11) determine, in consultation with others, the jurisdictions in which shares of the Trust shall be registered or qualified for sale and facilitate such registration or qualification; (12)

31
 

monitor sales of shares and ensure that the shares are properly and duly registered with the SEC; (13) monitor the calculation of performance data for the Fund; (14) prepare, or cause to be prepared, expense and financial reports; (15) prepare authorization for the payment of Trust expenses and pay, from Trust assets, all bills of the Trust; (16) provide information typically supplied in the investment company industry to companies that track or report price, performance or other information with respect to investment companies; (17) upon request, assist the Fund in the evaluation and selection of other service providers, such as independent public accountants, printers, EDGAR providers and proxy solicitors (such parties may be affiliates of GFS); (18) perform other services, recordkeeping and assistance relating to the affairs of the Trust as the Trust may, from time to time, reasonably request.

 

 

 

GFS also provides each Fund with accounting services, including: (i) daily computation of net asset value; (ii) maintenance of security ledgers and books and records as required by the 1940 Act; (iii) production of the Fund’s listing of portfolio securities and general ledger reports; (iv) reconciliation of accounting records; (v) calculation of yield and total return for the Fund; (vi) maintaining certain books and records described in Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act, and reconciling account information and balances among the Fund’s custodian and Adviser; and (vii) monitoring and evaluating daily income and expense accruals, and sales and redemptions of shares of the Fund.

 

 

 

GFS also acts as transfer, dividend disbursing, and shareholder servicing agent for the Funds pursuant to the Agreement. Under the agreement, GFS is responsible for administering and performing transfer agent functions, dividend distribution, shareholder administration, and maintaining necessary records in accordance with applicable rules and regulations.

 

For the services rendered to the Fund by the Administrator, the Fund pays the Administrator the greater of an annual minimum fee or an asset based fee, which scales downward based upon net assets for fund administration, fund accounting and transfer agency services.

 

Custodian

 

The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Custodian”) serves as the custodian of the Funds’ assets pursuant to a Custody Agreement by and between the Custodian and the Trust on behalf of the Funds. The Custodian’s responsibilities include safeguarding and controlling each Fund’s cash and securities, handling the receipt and delivery of securities, and collecting interest and dividends on each Fund’s investments. Pursuant to the Custody Agreement, the Custodian also maintains original entry documents and books of record and general ledgers; posts cash receipts and disbursements; and records purchases and sales based upon communications from the Adviser. The Funds may employ foreign sub-custodians that are approved by the Board to hold foreign assets. The Custodian’s principal place of business is   One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286 .

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

Northern Lights Compliance Services, LLC (“NLCS”), an affiliate of GFS and the Distributor, provides a Chief Compliance Officer to the Trust as well as related compliance services pursuant to a consulting agreement between NLCS and the Trust.

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

 

Each share of beneficial interest of the Trust has one vote in the election of Trustees. Cumulative voting is not authorized for the Trust. This means that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of Trustees can elect 100% of the Trustees if they choose to do so, and, in that event, the holders of the remaining shares will be unable to elect any Trustees.  

 

Shareholders of the Trust and any other future series of the Trust will vote in the aggregate and not by series except as otherwise required by law or when the Board determines that the matter to be voted upon affects only the interest of the shareholders of a particular series or classes. Matters such as ratification of the independent public accountants and election of Trustees are not subject to separate voting requirements and may be acted upon by shareholders of the Trust voting without regard to series.  

 

The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest. Each share has equal dividend, distribution and liquidation rights. There are no conversion or preemptive rights applicable to any shares of each Fund. All shares issued are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING PROGRAM

 

The Trust has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”). To ensure compliance with this law, the Trust’s Program provides for the development of internal practices, procedures and

32
 

controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.  The Trust’s Secretary serves as its Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer.

 

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to, determining that the Funds’ Distributor and Transfer Agent have established proper anti-money laundering procedures, reported suspicious and/or fraudulent activity and a complete and thorough review of all new opening account applications. The Trust will not transact business with any person or entity whose identity cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.  

 

As a result of the Program, the Trust may be required to “freeze” the account of a shareholder if the shareholder appears to be involved in suspicious activity or if certain account information matches information on government lists of known terrorists or other suspicious persons, or the Trust may be required to transfer the account or proceeds of the account to a governmental agency.   

 

 

 

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES

 

Calculation of Share Price

 

As indicated in the Prospectus under the heading “How Shares Are Priced,” the net asset value (“NAV”) of each Fund’s shares is determined by dividing the total value of the Fund’s portfolio investments and other assets, less any liabilities, by the total number of shares outstanding of the Fund.

 

For purposes of calculating the NAV, portfolio securities and other assets for which market quotes are available are stated at market value. Market value is generally determined on the basis of last reported sales prices, or if no sales are reported, based on quotes obtained from a quotation reporting system, established market makers, or pricing services. Securities primarily traded in the NASDAQ National Market System for which market quotations are readily available shall be valued using the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If the NOCP is not available, such securities shall be valued at the last sale price on the day of valuation, or if there has been no sale on such day, at the mean of the last bid and ask price. Certain securities or investments for which daily market quotes are not readily available may be valued, pursuant to guidelines established by the Board, with reference to other securities or indices. Short-term investments having a maturity of 60 days or less are generally valued at amortized cost. Exchange traded options, futures and options on futures are valued at the settlement price determined by the exchange. Other securities for which market quotes are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or persons acting at their direction.  

 

Investments initially valued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are converted to U.S. dollars using exchange rates obtained from pricing services. As a result, the NAV of a Fund’s shares may be affected by changes in the value of currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar. The value of securities traded in markets outside the United States or denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar may be affected significantly on a day that the New York Stock Exchange is closed and an investor is not able to purchase, redeem or exchange shares.  

 

Fund shares are valued at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) (the “NYSE Close”) on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open. For purposes of calculating the NAV, each Fund normally uses pricing data for domestic equity securities received shortly after the NYSE Close and does not normally take into account trading, clearances or settlements that take place after the NYSE Close. Domestic fixed income and foreign (non-U.S.) securities are normally priced using data reflecting the earlier closing of the principal markets for those securities. Information that becomes known to the Funds or their agents after the NAV has been calculated on a particular day will not generally be used to retroactively adjust the price of the security or the NAV determined earlier that day.  

 

In unusual circumstances, instead of valuing securities in the usual manner, the Funds may value securities at fair value or estimate their value as determined in good faith by the Board or their designees, pursuant to procedures approved by the Board. Fair valuation may also be used by the Board if extraordinary events occur after the close of the relevant market but prior to the NYSE Close.  

 

The Trust expects that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) will be closed on the following days: weekends and New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  

 

Purchase of Shares

 

33
 

Orders for shares received by the Funds in good order prior to the close of business on the NYSE on each day during such periods that the NYSE is open for trading are priced at net asset value per share computed as of the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE. Orders received in good order after the close of the NYSE, or on a day it is not open for trading, are priced at the close of such NYSE on the next day on which it is open for trading at the next determined net asset value per share.  

 

Redemption of Shares  

 

Shares of the Funds may be redeemed on any business day upon receipt of a request for redemption, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Funds’ Prospectus. Redemptions are effected at the per share NAV, next determined after receipt of the redemption request. Redemption proceeds will ordinarily be paid within seven days following receipt of instructions in proper form, or sooner, if required by law. The right of redemption may be suspended by the Trust or the payment date postponed beyond seven days when

 

(a) the NYSE is closed, other than customary weekend and holiday closings.

(b) trading on that exchange is restricted for any reason;  

(c) an emergency exists as a result of which disposal by a Fund of securities owned by it is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund to fairly determine the value of its net assets, provided that applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (or any succeeding governmental authority) will govern as to whether the conditions prescribed in (b) or (c) exist; or

(d) the SEC by order permits a suspension of the right to redemption or a postponement of the date of payment on redemption.

 

In case of suspension of the right of redemption, payment of a redemption request will be made based on the net asset value next determined after the termination of the suspension.

 

If the Board should determine that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of a Fund to make payment wholly or partly in cash, the Fund may pay the redemption price in whole or part by a distribution in kind of securities from the Fund, in lieu of cash, in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. If shares are redeemed in kind, the redeeming shareholder might incur brokerage costs in converting the assets into cash. Under the 1940 Act, the Trust is obligated to redeem shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its net assets during any 90-day period for any one shareholder.

 

Supporting documents in addition to those listed under “How to Redeem Shares” in the Funds’ Prospectus will be required from executors, administrators, Trustees, or if redemption is requested by someone other than the shareholder of record. Such documents include, but are not restricted to, stock powers, Trust instruments, certificates of death, appointments as executor, certificates of corporate authority and waiver of tax required in some states when settling estates.  

 

TAX STATUS

 

The following discussion is general in nature and should not be regarded as an exhaustive presentation of all possible tax ramifications. All shareholders should consult a qualified tax adviser regarding their investment in a Fund.  

 

Each Fund intends to qualify and has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), and intends to continue to so qualify, which requires compliance with certain requirements concerning the sources of its income, diversification of its assets, and the amount and timing of its distributions to shareholders, as described more fully below. Such qualification does not involve supervision of management or investment practices or policies by any government agency or bureau. By so qualifying, each Fund should not be subject to federal income or excise tax on its investment company taxable income or net capital gain, which are distributed to shareholders in accordance with the applicable timing requirements. Investment company taxable income and net capital gain of each Fund will be computed in accordance with Section 852 of the Code.

 

Investment company taxable income is made up of dividends and interest less expenses, plus any excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses. Net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net-short-term capital losses) for a fiscal year is computed by taking into account any capital loss carry forward of the applicable Fund. Capital losses incurred in tax years beginning after December 22, 2010 may now be carried forward indefinitely and retain the character of the original loss. Under previously enacted laws, capital losses could be carried forward to offset any capital gains for eight years, and carried forward as short-term capital, irrespective of the character of the original loss.  Capital loss carry forwards are available to offset future realized capital gains. To the extent that these carry forwards are used to offset future capital gains it is probable that the amount offset will not be distributed to shareholders.

34
 

 

To be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code, each Fund must (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stocks, securities or foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, or other income (including gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to the business of investing in such securities or currencies, and net income from “publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in Section 851(h) of the Code), and (b) diversify its holding so that, at the end of each quarter, (i) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities (for purposes of this calculation, generally limited in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer) and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, or two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or the securities of certain publicly traded partnerships.

 

If a Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and distributes to its shareholders each taxable year an amount equal to or exceeding the sum of (i) 90% of its investment company taxable income without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and (ii) 90% of the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest, if any, over certain disallowed deductions, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any income of the Fund, including net capital gain distributed to shareholders. If, however, a Fund meets such distribution requirements, but chooses to retain a portion of its investment company taxable income or net capital gain, it generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained.

 

Each Fund intends to distribute all of its investment company taxable income and any net capital gains in accordance with the timing requirements imposed by the Code and therefore should not be required to pay any federal income or excise taxes. Distributions of investment company taxable income and net capital gain will be made after the end of each fiscal year ending October 31, and no later than December 31 of each year. Both types of distributions will be in shares of the applicable Fund unless a shareholder elects to receive cash.  

 

If a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M in any fiscal year, it will be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. As such, that Fund would be required to pay income taxes on its investment company taxable income and net realized capital gains, if any, at the rates generally applicable to corporations. Shareholders of such a Fund generally would not be liable for income tax on the Fund’s investment company taxable income or net realized capital gains in their individual capacities. Distributions to shareholders, whether from that Fund’s investment company taxable income or net realized capital gains, would be treated as taxable dividends to the extent of current or accumulated earnings and profits of that Fund.  

 

Each Fund is subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax on certain undistributed amounts of ordinary income and capital gain under a prescribed formula contained in Section 4982 of the Code. The formula requires payment to shareholders during a calendar year of distributions representing at least 98% of a Fund’s ordinary income for the calendar year and at least 98.2% of its capital gain net income (i.e., the excess of its capital gains over capital losses) realized during the one-year period ending October 31 during such year plus 100% of any income that was neither distributed nor taxed to each Fund during the preceding calendar year. Under ordinary circumstances, each Fund expects to time its distributions so as to avoid liability for this tax.  

 

Dividends or distributions declared in October, November or December as of a record date in such a month, if any, will be deemed to have been received by shareholders on December 31, if paid during January of the following year. Redemptions of shares may result in tax consequences (gain or loss) to the shareholder and are also subject to these reporting requirements.  In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of a taxable year of each Fund may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the applicable Fund (except for the purposes of the 4% excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, shareholders generally will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.

 

The following discussion of tax consequences is for the general information of shareholders that are subject to tax. Shareholders that are IRAs or other qualified retirement plans are exempt from income taxation under the Code.  

 

Distributions of investment company taxable income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Because each Fund’s income is derived primarily from sources that do not pay “qualified dividend income,” dividends from each Fund generally are not expected to qualify for taxation at the long-term capital gain rates available to individuals on qualified dividend income. Furthermore, dividends from each Fund generally are not expected to qualify for the dividends-received deduction for shareholders that are corporations. Distributions of net capital gain (“capital gain dividends”) generally are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of the length of time the shares of a Fund have been held by such shareholders.

35
 

 

Distributions by the Funds in excess of each Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of (and in reduction of) a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and any such amount in excess of that basis will be treated as gain from the sale of shares, as discussed below. Distributions of investment company taxable income and net capital gain will be taxable as described above, whether received in additional cash or shares. Shareholders electing to receive distributions in the form of additional shares will have a cost basis for federal income tax purposes in each share so received equal to the amount of cash the shareholder could have received.  

 

A redemption of Fund shares by a shareholder will result in the recognition of taxable gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares. Such gain or loss is treated as a capital gain or loss if the shares are held as capital assets. However, any loss realized upon the redemption of shares within six months from the date of their purchase will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as capital gain dividends during such six-month period. All or a portion of any loss realized upon the redemption of shares may be disallowed to the extent shares are purchased (including shares acquired by means of reinvested dividends) within 30 days before or after such redemption.   

 

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, an additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain investment company taxable income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from each Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceed certain threshold amounts.

 

Under the Code, each Fund will be required to report to the Internal Revenue Service all distributions of taxable income and capital gains as well as gross proceeds from the redemption or exchange of Fund shares, except in the case of certain exempt shareholders. Under the backup withholding provisions of Section 3406 of the Code, distributions of investment company taxable income and net capital gain and proceeds from the redemption or exchange of the shares of a regulated investment company may be subject to withholding of federal income tax in the case of non-exempt shareholders who fail to furnish the investment company with their taxpayer identification numbers and with required certifications regarding their status under the federal income tax law, or if a Fund is notified by the IRS or a broker that withholding is required due to an incorrect TIN or a previous failure to report taxable interest or dividends. If the withholding provisions are applicable, any such distributions and proceeds, whether taken in cash or reinvested in additional shares, will be reduced by the amounts required to be withheld.  

 

Due to recent legislation, each Fund (or its administrative agent) is required to report to the IRS and furnish to shareholders the cost basis information for sale transactions of shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012. Shareholders may elect to have one of several cost basis methods applied to their account when calculating the cost basis of shares sold, including average cost, FIFO or some other specific identification method. Unless you instruct otherwise, each Fund will use average cost as its default cost basis method, and will treat sales as first coming from shares purchased prior to January 1, 2012. If average cost is used for the first sale of shares covered by these new rules, the shareholder may only use an alternative cost basis method for shares purchased prospectively. Shareholders should consult with their tax advisors to determine the best cost basis method for their tax situation. Shareholders that hold their shares through a financial intermediary should contact such financial intermediary with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for their accounts.

 

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Shareholders

 

The foregoing discussion relates only to U.S. federal income tax law as applicable to U.S. persons (i.e., U.S. citizens and residents and domestic corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates). Shareholders who are not U.S. persons should consult their tax advisers regarding U.S. and foreign (non-U.S.) tax consequences of ownership of shares of a Fund, including the likelihood that distributions to them would be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or at a lower rate under a tax treaty) and the possibility they may be subject to U.S. estate tax. For taxable years beginning before 2014 (or a later date if extended by Congress), a portion of each Fund’s distributions received by a foreign (non-U.S.) shareholder may, however, be exempt from U.S. withholding tax to the extent properly reported by a Fund as attributable to U.S. source interest income and short-term capital gains.

 

Effective January 1, 2014, each Fund will be required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of taxable dividends and (effective January 1, 2017) redemption proceeds made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign (non-U.S.) investment accounts. Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to the applicable Fund to enable each Fund to determine whether withholding is required.

 

Options, Futures, Forward Contracts and Swap Agreements  

36
 

 

To the extent such investments are permissible for the Funds, each Fund’s transactions in options, futures contracts, hedging transactions, forward contracts, straddles and foreign (non-U.S.) currencies will be subject to special tax rules (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules), the effect of which may be to accelerate income to a Fund, defer losses to a Fund, cause adjustments in the holding periods of a Fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains and convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Companies  

 

Investment by a Fund in a “passive foreign investment company” (“PFIC”) could subject the Fund to a U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on distributions received from the company or on proceeds received from the disposition of shares in the company, which tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders. However, a Fund may elect to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF election”), in which case the Fund will be required to include its share of the company’s income and net capital gains annually, regardless of whether it receives any distribution from the company.  

 

A Fund also may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in such holdings “to the market” as though it had sold and repurchased its holdings in those PFICs on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income and loss. The QEF and mark-to-market elections may accelerate the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be distributed for the applicable Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require a Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirement, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Fund’s total return.  

 

 

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Currency Transactions

 

A Fund’s transactions in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, foreign (non-U.S.) currency-denominated fixed income securities and certain foreign (non-U.S.) currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign (non-U.S.) currency concerned.

 

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Taxation

 

Income received by a Fund from sources within foreign (non-U.S.) countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax treaties and conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of foreign (non-U.S.) corporations, the Fund may be able to elect to “pass through” to the Fund’s shareholders the amount of eligible foreign (non-U.S.) income and similar taxes paid by the Fund. If this election is made, a shareholder generally subject to tax will be required to include in gross income (in addition to taxable dividends actually received) his or her pro rata share of the foreign (non-U.S.) taxes paid by a Fund, and may be entitled either to deduct (as an itemized deduction) his or her pro rata share of foreign (non-U.S.) taxes in computing his or her taxable income or to use it as a foreign (non-U.S.) tax credit against his or her U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to certain limitations. In particular, a shareholder must hold his or her shares (without protection from risk of loss) on the ex-dividend date and for at least 15 more days during the 30-day period surrounding the ex-dividend date to be eligible to claim a foreign (non-U.S.) tax credit with respect to a gain dividend. No deduction for foreign (non-U.S.) taxes may be claimed by a shareholder who does not itemize deductions. Each shareholder will be notified within 60 days after the close of each Fund’s taxable year whether the foreign (non-U.S.) taxes paid by the Fund will “pass through” for that year.  

 

Generally, a credit for foreign (non-U.S.) taxes is subject to the limitation that it may not exceed the shareholder’s U.S. tax attributable to his or her total foreign (non-U.S.) source taxable income. For this purpose, if the pass-through election is made, the source of a Fund’s income will flow through to shareholders of the Fund. With respect to each Fund, gains from the sale of securities will be treated as derived from U.S. sources and certain currency fluctuation gains, including fluctuation gains from foreign (non-U.S.) currency-denominated fixed income securities, receivables and payables will be treated as ordinary income derived from U.S. sources. The limitation on the foreign (non-U.S.) tax credit is applied separately to foreign (non-U.S.) source passive income, and to certain other types of income. A shareholder may be unable to claim a credit for the full amount of his or her proportionate share of the foreign (non-U.S.) taxes paid by each Fund. The foreign (non-U.S.) tax credit can be used to offset only 90% of the revised alternative minimum tax imposed on corporations and individuals and foreign (non-U.S.) taxes generally are not deductible in computing alternative minimum taxable income.  

 

Original Issue Discount, Pay-In-Kind and Market Discount Securities  

37
 

 

Investments by a Fund in zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities, other securities with original issue discount (or with market discount if the Fund elects to include market discount in income currently) or pay-in-kind securities will require the Fund to accrue income on such investments for each taxable year, generally prior to the receipt of the corresponding cash payments. However, each Fund must distribute, at least annually, all or substantially all of its net income, including such accrued income, to shareholders to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code and avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes. Therefore, a Fund may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate cash to satisfy its distribution requirements.

 

By holding the foregoing kinds of securities, a Fund may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. Such distributions may be made from the cash assets of the Fund or by liquidation of portfolio securities, if necessary (including when it is not advantageous to do so). A Fund may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event a Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution, if any, than they would in the absence of such transactions.  

 

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to Fund shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder, or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, in any single taxable year (or a greater amount over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Shareholders who own portfolio securities directly are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement but, under current guidance, shareholders of regulated investment companies are not excepted. A shareholder who fails to make the required disclosure to the IRS may be subject to substantial penalties. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether or not the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult with their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

Shareholders of the Funds may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions received from each Fund and on redemptions of a Fund’s shares.  

 

A brief explanation of the form and character of the distribution accompany each distribution. In January of each year each Fund issues to each shareholder a statement of the federal income tax status of all distributions.  

 

Shareholders should consult their tax advisers about the application of federal, state and local and foreign (non-U.S.) tax law in light of their particular situation.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP, located at 4 Becker Farm Road, Roseland, NJ 07068, serves as the independent registered public accounting firm for the current fiscal year.  The firm provides services including (i) audit of annual financial statements, (ii) assistance and consultation in connection with SEC filings, and (iii) other audit related and tax services.  

 

LEGAL COUNSEL

 

Dechert LLP, located at 2010 Main Street, Suite 500, Irvine, CA 92614, serves as the Trust’s legal counsel.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Funds have not yet commenced operations and, therefore, have not produced financial statements. Once produced, you can obtain a copy of the financial statements contained in a Fund’s Annual or Semi-Annual Report without charge by calling the Hanlon Managed Income Fund at 1-844-828-3212 or the Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund at 1-844-828-3212.

38
 

APPENDIX A

 

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

 

Hanlon Investment Management, INc.

 

 

ACCEPTANCE OF PROXY VOTING AUTHORITY

POLICY

 

It is the Firm’s policy, where it has accepted responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of a particular client, to vote such proxies in the best interest of its clients and ensure that the vote is not the product of an actual or potential conflict of interest. For clients that are subject to ERISA, it is the Firm’s policy to follow the provisions of any ERISA plan’s governing documents in the voting of plan securities, unless it determines that to do so would breach its fiduciary duties under ERISA.

RESPONSIBILITY

Where the Firm has accepted responsibility to vote proxies on behalf a particular client, the Chief Investment Officer is responsible for ensuring that proxies are voted in a manner consistent with the proxy voting guidelines adopted by the Firm (the “Proxy Voting Guidelines”) and the Firm’s policies and procedures.

PROCEDURES

The Firm may vote client proxies where a client requests and the Firm accepts such responsibility, or in the case of an employee benefit plan, as defined by ERISA, where such responsibility has been properly delegated to, and assumed by, the Firm. In such circumstances the Firm will only cast proxy votes in a manner consistent with the best interest of its clients or, to the extent applicable, their beneficiaries. Absent special circumstances, which are further discussed below, all proxies will be voted consistent with the guidelines attached to the Compliance Manual on Exhibit E (“Proxy Voting Guidelines”) and the Firm’s policies and procedures. The Firm shall, in its Form ADV, generally disclose to clients information about these policies and procedures and how clients may obtain information on how the Firm voted their proxies when applicable. At any time, a client may contact the Firm to request information about how it voted proxies for their securities. It is generally the Firm’s policy not to disclose its proxy voting records to unaffiliated third parties or special interest groups.

The Firm’s Proxy Voting Committee will be responsible for monitoring corporate actions, making proxy voting decisions, and ensuring that proxies are submitted in a timely manner. The Proxy Voting Committee may delegate the responsibility to vote client proxies to one or more persons affiliated with the Firm (such person(s) together with the Proxy Voting Committee are hereafter collectively referred to as “Responsible Voting Parties”) consistent with the Proxy Voting Guidelines. Specifically, when the Firm receives proxy proposals where the Proxy Voting Guidelines outline its general position as voting either “for” or “against,” the proxy will be voted by one of the Responsible Voting Parties in accordance with the Firm’s Proxy Voting Guidelines. When the Firm receives proxy proposals where the Proxy Voting Guidelines do not contemplate the issue or otherwise outline its general position as voting on a case-by-case basis, the proxy will be forwarded to the Proxy Voting Committee, which will review the proposal and either vote the proxy or instruct one of the Responsible Voting Parties on how to vote the proxy.

It is intended that the Proxy Voting Guidelines will be applied with a measure of flexibility. Accordingly, except as otherwise provided in these policies and procedures, the Responsible Voting Parties may vote a proxy contrary to the Proxy Voting Guidelines if, in the sole determination of the Proxy Voting Committee, it is determined that such action is in the best interest of the Firm’s clients. In the exercise of such discretion, the Proxy Voting Committee may take into account a wide array of factors relating to the matter under consideration, the nature of the proposal, and the company involved. Similarly, poor past performance, uncertainties about management and future directions, and other factors may lead to a conclusion that particular proposals by an issuer present unacceptable investment risks and should not be supported. In addition, the proposals should be evaluated in context. For example, a particular proposal may be acceptable standing alone, but objectionable when part of an existing or proposed package, such as where the effect may be to entrench management. Special circumstances or instructions from clients may also justify casting different votes for different clients with respect to the same proxy vote.

The Responsible Voting Parties will document the rationale for all proxy voted contrary to the Proxy Voting Guidelines. Such information will be maintained as part of the Firm’s recordkeeping process. In performing its responsibilities the Proxy Voting Committee may consider information from one or more sources including, but not limited to, management of the company presenting the proposal, shareholder groups, legal counsel, and independent proxy research services. In all cases, however, the

39
 

ultimate decisions on how to vote proxies are made by the Proxy Voting Committee.

 

ERISA Plans

Plans managed by the Firm governed by ERISA shall be administered consistent with the terms of the governing plan documents and applicable provisions of ERISA. In cases where the Firm has been delegated sole proxy voting discretion, these policies and procedures will be followed subject to the fiduciary responsibility standards of ERISA. These standards generally require fiduciaries to act prudently and to discharge their duties solely in the interest of participants and beneficiaries. The Department of Labor has indicated that voting decisions of ERISA fiduciaries must generally focus on the course that would most likely increase the value of the stock being voted.

The documents governing ERISA individual account plans may set forth various procedures for voting “employer securities” held by the plan. Where authority over the investment of plan assets is granted to plan participants, many individual account plans provide that proxies for employer securities will be voted in accordance with directions received from plan participants as to shares allocated to their plan accounts. In some cases, the governing plan documents may further provide that unallocated shares and/or allocated shares for which no participant directions are received will be voted in accordance with a proportional voting method in which such shares are voted proportionately in the same manner as are allocated shares for which directions from participants have been received.

Conflicts of Interest

The Firm may occasionally be subject to conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies due to business or personal relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes. For example, the Firm may provide services to accounts owned or controlled by companies whose management is soliciting proxies. The Firm, along with any affiliates and/or employees, may also occasionally have business or personal relationships with other proponents of proxy proposals, participants in proxy contests, corporate directors, or candidates for directorships.

If the Responsible Voting Parties become aware of any potential or actual conflict of interest relating to a particular proxy proposal, they will promptly report such conflict to the Committee. Conflicts of interest will be handled in various ways depending on their type and materiality of the conflict. The Firm will take the following steps to ensure that its proxy voting decisions are made in the best interest of its clients and are not the product of such conflict:

· Where the Proxy Voting Guidelines outline the Firm’s voting position, as either “for” or “against” such proxy proposal, voting will be accordance with the its Proxy Voting Guidelines.
· Where the Proxy Voting Guidelines outline the Firm’s voting position to be determined on a “case-by-case” basis for such proxy proposal, or such proposal is not contemplated in the Proxy Voting Guidelines, then one of the two following methods will be selected by the Committee depending upon the facts and circumstances of each situation and the requirements of applicable law:
o Voting the proxy in accordance with the voting recommendation of a non- affiliated third party vendor; or
o Provide the client with sufficient information regarding the proxy proposal and obtain the client’s consent or direction before voting.

 

Third Party Delegation

The Firm may delegate to a non-affiliated third party vendor, the responsibility to review proxy proposals and make voting recommendations to the Firm. The Chief Investment Officer will ensure that any third party recommendations followed will be consistent with the Proxy Voting Guidelines. In all cases, however, the ultimate decisions on how to vote proxies are made by the Committee.

Mutual Funds

In the event that the Firm acts as investment adviser to a closed-end and/or open-end registered investment company and is responsible for voting their proxies, such proxies will be voted in accordance with any applicable investment restrictions of the fund and, to the extent applicable, any proxy voting procedures or resolutions or other instructions approved by an authorized person of the Fund.

Special Circumstances

The Firm may choose not to vote proxies in certain situations or for certain accounts, such as: (i) where a client has informed the Firm that they wish to retain the right to vote the proxy; (ii) where the Firm deems the cost of voting the proxy would exceed any anticipated benefit to the client; (iii) where a proxy is received for a client that has terminated the Firm’s services; (iv) where a proxy is received for a security that the Firm no longer manages (i.e., the Firm had previously sold the entire position); and/or (v) where the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability of an account’s portfolio manager to freely trade the security in question (as is the case, for example, in certain foreign jurisdictions known as “blocking markets”).

40
 

 

In addition, certain accounts over which the Firm has proxy-voting discretion may participate in securities lending programs administered by the custodian or a third party. Because title to loaned securities passes to the borrower, the Firm will be unable to vote any security that is out on loan to a borrower on a proxy record date. If the Firm has investment discretion, however, the Firm shall reserve the right to instruct the lending agent to terminate a loan in situations where the matter to be voted upon is deemed to be material to the investment and the benefits of voting the security are deemed to outweigh the costs of terminating the loan.

BOOKS AND RECORDS

In its books and records, the Firm will maintain a copy of the following documents:

· Proxy statement that the Firm receives regarding client’s securities;
· Votes that the Firm casts on behalf of a client;
· Any document the Firm created that was material to making a decision on how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorialize the basis for such decision; and
· Written client request for information on how the Firm voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client and a copy of the Firm’s written response to any (written or verbal) client request for information on how the Firm voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.

The Firm may rely upon the Commission’s EDGAR system to maintain certain records referred to above.

41
 

APPENDIX B

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

A. Long-Term Credit Ratings

 

  1. Moody’s

Aaa

Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa

Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A

Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa

Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba

Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B

Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa

Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca

Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C

Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

  1. Standard & Poor’s

AAA

An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA

An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A

An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

42
 

BBB

An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

Note:

Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics.  BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest.  While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

B. Short Term Credit Ratings

 

  1. Moody’s

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments.

P-1

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

  1. Standard & Poor’s

A Standard & Poor's issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor's view of the obligor's capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days — including commercial paper.

 

A-1

 

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2

 

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3

 

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

43
 

 

TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST

 

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 28.   Financial Statements and Exhibits
     
(a) (1) Amended Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated October 15, 2012 3
  (2) Certificate of Trust as filed with the State of Delaware on June 8, 2012 1
     
(b)   Registrant’s By–Laws 1
     
(c)   Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders – see relevant portions of Certificate of Trust and By-Laws
     
(d) (1) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Belvedere Asset Management, LLC, with respect to the Belvedere Alternative Income Fund 2
  (2) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and LJM Funds Management, Ltd. 2
  (3) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Belvedere Asset Management, LLC, with respect to the Charioteer Mortgage Income Fund 3
  (4) Sub-Advisory Agreement between Auriga Capital Management, LLC and Belvedere Asset Management, LLC, with respect to the Charioteer Mortgage Income Fund 3
  (5) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Superfund Advisors, Inc. with respect to the Superfund Managed Futures Strategy Fund 5
  (6) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and West Shore Group, LLC with respect to the West Shore Real Return Income Fund 6
  (7) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Larkin Point Investment Advisors LLC with respect to the Larkin Point Equity Preservation Fund 6
  (8) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Redwood Investment Management, LLC with respect to the Redwood Managed Volatility Fund 6
  (9) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and IronHorse Capital, LLC with respect to the Conductor Global Fund 7
  (10) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Dynamic Advisors, LLC, with respect to the Dynamic Total Return Fund 9
  (11) Interim Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Anfield Capital Management, LLC, with respect to the Anfield Universal Fixed Income Fund 8
  (12) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Anfield Capital Management, LLC, with respect to the Anfield Universal Fixed Income Fund 11
  (13) Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, Dynamic Advisors, LLC and One Oak Capital Management, LLC, with respect to the Dynamic Total Return Fund 9
  (14) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Redwood Investment Management, LLC with respect to the Redwood Managed Volatility Portfolio 12
  (15) Interim Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and ES Capital Advisors, LLC with respect to the Belvedere Alternative Income Fund 10
  (16) Interim Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, ES Capital Advisors, LLC and Merriman Asset Management Inc.(d/b/a Merriman Wealth Advisors), with respect to the Modern Technology Fund (f/k/a Belvedere Alternative Income Fund) 10
  (17) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and ES Capital Advisors, LLC with respect to the Modern Technology Fund (f/k/a Belvedere Alternative Income Fund) 10
  (18) Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, ES Capital Advisors, LLC and Merriman Asset Management Inc.(d/b/a Merriman Wealth Advisors), with respect to the Modern Technology Fund (f/k/a Belvedere Alternative Income Fund) 10
  (19) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Fortunatus Investments, LLC , with respect to the Fortunatus Protactical New Opportunity Fund 14
  (20) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Breithorn Capital Management LLC, with respect to the Breithorn Long/Short Fund 15
 
 

 

  (21) Interim Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, ES Capital Advisors, LLC and Crow Point Partners, LLC, with respect to the Modern Technology Fund 17
  (22) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Anfield Capital Management, LLC, with respect to the Affinity Small Cap Fund 19
  (23) Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, Anfield Capital Management, LLC and Affinity Investment Advisors, LLC with respect to the Affinity Small Cap Fund 19
  (24) Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, ES Capital Advisors, LLC and Crow Point Partners, LLC, with respect to the Modern Technology Fund 18
  (25) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Hanlon Investment Management, Inc., with respect to the Hanlon Managed Income Fund and Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund is filed herewith.
  (26) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Anfield Capital Management, LLC, with respect to the E Fund China A Enhanced Equity Fund and E Fund RQFII China Total Return Bond Fund to be filed by amendment.
 

(27)

 

Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, Anfield Capital Management, LLC and E Fund Management (Hong Kong) Co., Limited, with respect to the E Fund China A Enhanced Equity Fund and E Fund RQFII China Total Return Bond Fund to be filed by amendment.
  (28) Amended Exhibit A to Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Redwood Investment Management, LLC with respect to the Redwood Managed Volatility Fund 19
  (29)

Amended Exhibit A to Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Redwood Investment Management, LLC with respect to the Redwood Managed Volatility Portfolio 19

 

(e)   Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Northern Lights Distributors, LLC is filed herewith.
     
(f)   Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts – None
     
(g) (1) Custodial Agreement between the Registrant and MUFG Union Bank, N.A. (formerly, Union Bank, N.A.) 2
  (2)

Custodial Agreement between the Registrant and Huntington Bank, N.A. 16

 

  (3) Custodial Agreement between the Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon is filed herewith.
     
(h) (1) Fund Services Agreement between the Registrant and Gemini Fund Services, LLC 2
  (2) Expense Limitation Agreement between the Registrant and Belvedere Asset Management, LLC, with respect to the Belvedere Alternative Income Fund 2
  (3) Expense Limitation Agreement between the Registrant and LJM Funds Management, Ltd., with respect to the LJM Preservation and Growth Fund 8
  (4) Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and Northern Lights Compliance Services, LLC 2
  (5) Expense Limitation Agreement between the Registrant, Belvedere Asset Management, LLC and Auriga Capital Management, LLC with respect to the Charioteer Mortgage Income Fund 3
  (6) Expense Limitation Agreement between the Registrant and West Shore Group, LLC with respect to the West Shore Real Return Income Fund 6
  (7) Expense Limitation Agreement between the Registrant and Larkin Point Investment Advisors LLC with respect to the Larkin Point Equity Preservation Fund 6
  (8) Expense Limitation Agreement between the Registrant and Redwood Investment Management, LLC with respect to the Redwood Managed Volatility Fund 6
  (9) Expense Limitation Agreement between the Registrant and IronHorse Capital, LLC with respect to the Conductor Global Fund 7
  (10) Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and Dynamic Advisors, LLC and One Oak Capital Management, LLC, with respect to the Dynamic Total Return Fund 13
  (11) Interim Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and Anfield Capital Management, LLC, with respect to the Anfield Universal Fixed Income Fund 8
  (12) Fee Waiver Agreement between Registrant and Anfield Capital Management, LLC, with respect to the Anfield Universal Fixed Income Fund 8
 
 

 

  (13) Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and Anfield Capital Management, LLC, with respect to the Anfield Universal Fixed Income Fund 11
  (14) Fee Waiver Agreement between Registrant and Dynamic Advisors, LLC, with respect to the Dynamic Total Return Fund 9
  (15) Expense Limitation Agreement between the Registrant and Redwood Investment Management, LLC with respect to the Redwood Managed Volatility Portfolio 12
  (16) Interim Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and ES Capital Advisors, LLC with respect to the Belvedere Alternative Income Fund 10
  (17) Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and ES Capital Advisors, LLC with respect to the Modern Technology Fund (f/k/a Belvedere Alternative Income Fund) 10
  (18) Fee Waiver Agreement between Registrant and ES Capital Advisors, LLC with respect to the Modern Technology Fund (f/k/a Belvedere Alternative Income Fund) 10
  (19) Fee Waiver Agreement between Registrant, ES Capital Advisors, LLC and Merriman Asset Management Inc.(d/b/a Merriman Wealth Advisors), with respect to the Modern Technology Fund (f/k/a Belvedere Alternative Income Fund) 10
  (20) Participation Agreement between Registrant, with respect to the Redwood Managed Volatility Portfolio, and Jefferson National Life Insurance Company 14
  (21) Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and Fortunatus Investments, LLC , with respect to the Fortunatus Protactical New Opportunity Fund 14
  (22) Expense Limitation Agreement between the Registrant and Breithorn Capital Management LLC, with respect to the Breithorn Long/Short Fund 15
  (23) Amended Appendix A to Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and LJM Funds Management, Ltd., with respect to the LJM Preservation and Growth Fund 16
  (24) Amended Appendix A to Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and Ironhorse Capital LLC, with respect to the Conductor Global Fund 16
  (25) Fee Waiver Agreement between Registrant, ES Capital Advisors, LLC and Crow Point Partners, LLC, with respect to the Modern Technology Fund 17
  (26) Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and Anfield Capital Management, LLC with respect to the Affinity Small Cap Fund 19
  (27) Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and Hanlon Investment Management, Inc., with respect to the Hanlon Managed Income Fund and Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund is filed herewith.
  (28) Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and Anfield Capital Management, LLC with respect to the E Fund China A Enhanced Equity Fund and E Fund RQFII China Total Return Bond Fund to be filed by amendment.
  (29)

Amended Appendix A to Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and Redwood Investment Management, LLC with respect to the Redwood Managed Volatility Fund 19

(i)   Legal Opinion and Consent of Dechert LLP is filed herewith.
     
(j) (1) Consent of Independent Public Accounting Firm - None
  (2) Powers of Attorney 5
  (3)

Powers of Attorney are filed herewith.

(k)   Omitted Financial Statements – None
     
(l)   Subscription Agreement 2
     
(m) (1) Class A Master Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 6
  (2) Class C Master Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 6
  (3) Class R Master Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 6
  (4) Class A1 Master Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 6
  (5) Class N Master Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 6
  (6) Amended Appendix A to Class A Master Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 is filed herewith.
  (7) Amended Appendix A to Class C Master Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 is filed herewith.
 
 

 

  (8) Amended Appendix A to Class R Master Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 is filed herewith.
  (9) Amended Appendix A to Class N Master Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 12
     
(n) (1) Amended Rule 18f-3 Plan 6
  (2) Amended Appendix A to Rule 18f-3 Plan is filed herewith.
     
(o)   Reserved
     
(p) (1) Code of Ethics for the Trust 2
  (2) Code of Ethics for Belvedere Asset Management, LLC 2
  (3) Code of Ethics for LJM Funds Management, Ltd 4
  (4) Code of Ethics for Northern Lights Distributors, LLC 2
  (5) Code of Ethics for Anfield Capital Management, LLC 3
  (6) Code of Ethics for Superfund Advisors, Inc. 5
  (7) Code of Ethics for West Shore Group, LLC 6
  8) Code of Ethics for Larkin Point Investment Advisors LLC 6
  (9) Code of Ethics for Redwood Investment Management, LLC 6
  (10) Code of Ethics for IronHorse Capital, LLC 7
  (11) Code of Ethics for Dynamic Advisors, LLC 9
  (12) Code of Ethics for One Oak Capital Management, LLC 9
  (13) Code of Ethics for ES Capital Advisors, LLC 10
  (14) Code of Ethics for Merriman Asset Management Inc.(d/b/a Merriman Wealth Advisors) 10
  (15) Code of Ethics for Fortunatus Investments, LLC 14
  (16) Code of Ethics for Breithorn Capital Management LLC 15
  (17) Code of Ethics for Crow Point Partners, LLC 17
  (18) Code of Ethics for Affinity Investment Advisors 19
  (19) Code of Ethics for Hanlon Investment Management, Inc. is filed herewith.
  (20) Code of Ethics for E Fund Management (Hong Kong) Co., Limited to be filed by amendment.

 

1 Previously filed on June 28, 2012 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

2 Previously filed on October 26, 2012 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

3 Previously filed on March 14, 2013 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

4 Previously filed on May 9, 2013 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

5 Previously filed on June 5, 2013 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

6 Previously filed on October 22, 2013 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

7 Previously filed on December 20, 2013 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

8 Previously filed on February 28, 2014 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

9 Previously filed on March 26, 2014 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

10 Previously filed on August 8, 2014 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

11 Previously filed on August 11, 2014 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

12 Previously filed on August 22, 2014 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

 
 

13 Previously filed on August 28, 2014 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

14 Previously filed on November 21, 2014 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

15 Previously filed on November 21, 2014 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

16 Previously filed on February 28, 2015 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

17 Previously filed on April 15, 2015 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

18 Previously filed on July 17, 2015 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

19 Previously filed on July 24, 2015 in the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A and hereby incorporated by reference.

 

 

Item 29. Control Persons.

 

None.

 

Item 30. Indemnification.

 

Article VIII, Section 2(a) of the Amended Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that to the fullest extent that limitations on the liability of Trustees and officers are permitted by the Delaware Statutory Trust Act of 2002, the officers and Trustees shall not be responsible or liable in any event for any act or omission of: any agent or employee of the Trust; any investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Trust; or with respect to each Trustee and officer, the act or omission of any other Trustee or officer, respectively. The Trust, out of the Trust Property, is required to indemnify and hold harmless each and every officer and Trustee from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever arising out of or related to such officer’s or Trustee’s performance of his or her duties as an officer or Trustee of the Trust. This limitation on liability applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust whether or not such person is a Trustee or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted. Nothing contained in the Amended Agreement and Declaration of Trust indemnifies, holds harmless or protects any officer or Trustee from or against any liability to the Trust or any shareholder to which such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

 

Article VIII, Section 2(b) of the Amended Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking and every other act or document whatsoever issued, executed or done by or on behalf of the Trust, the officers or the Trustees or any of them in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively deemed to have been issued, executed or done only in such Person’s capacity as Trustee and/or as officer, and such Trustee or officer, as applicable, shall not be personally liable therefore, except as described in the last sentence of the first paragraph of Section 2 of Article VIII.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions of Delaware law and the Amended Agreement and Declaration of the Registrant or the By-Laws of the Registrant, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Trust in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

 
 

Section 11 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and LJM Funds Management, Ltd. (“LJM”), incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(2), provides for the indemnification of LJM against certain losses.

 

Section 11 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Superfund Advisors, Inc. (“Superfund”), incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(5), provides for the indemnification of Superfund against certain losses.

 

Section 5 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and West Shore Group, LLC (“West Shore”), incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(6), provides for the indemnification of West Shore against certain losses.

 

Section 5 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Larkin Point Investment Advisors, LLC (“Larkin Point”), incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(7), provides for the indemnification of Larkin Point against certain losses.

 

Section 5 of the Investment Advisory Agreements between Registrant and Redwood Investment Management, LLC (“Redwood”), incorporated herein by reference to exhibits (d)(8) and (d)(14), provides for the indemnification of Redwood against certain losses.

 

Section 5 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and IronHorse Capital, LLC (“IronHorse”), incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(9), provides for the indemnification of IronHorse against certain losses.

 

Section 5 of the Investment Advisory Agreements between Registrant and Anfield Capital Management, LLC (“Anfield”), incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(12) and (d)(22), provide for the indemnification of Anfield against certain losses.

 

Section 5 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and ES Capital Advisors, LLC (“ES Capital”), incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(17), provides for the indemnification of ES Capital against certain losses.

 

Section 5 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Fortunatus Investments, LLC (“Fortunatus”), incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(19), provides for the indemnification of Fortunatus against certain losses.

 

Section 5 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Breithorn Capital Management, LLC (“Breithorn”), incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(20), provides for the indemnification of Breithorn against certain losses.

 

Section 5 of the Sub-Advisory Agreement between Registrant, ES Capital and Crow Point Partners, LLC (“Crow Point”), incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(24), provides for the indemnification of Crow Point against certain losses.

 

Section 5 of the Sub-Advisory Agreement between Registrant, Anfield and Affinity Investment Advisors, LLC (“Affinity”), incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(23), provides for the indemnification of Affinity against certain losses.

 

Section 5 of the Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Hanlon Investment Management, Inc. (“Hanlon”), incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(25), provides for the indemnification of Hanlon against certain losses.

 

The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Registrant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Northern Lights Distributors, LLC (NLD), its several officers and directors, and any person who controls NLD within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the reasonable cost of investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which NLD, its officers and directors, or any such controlling persons, may incur under the Securities Act, the 1940 Act, or common law or otherwise, arising out of or

 
 

based upon: (i) any untrue statement, or alleged untrue statement, of a material fact required to be stated in either any Registration Statement or any Prospectus, (ii) any omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated in any Registration Statement or any Prospectus or necessary to make the statements in any of them not misleading, (iii) the Registrant’s  failure to maintain an effective Registration statement and Prospectus with respect to Shares of the Funds that are the subject of the claim or demand, or (iv)  the Registrant’s failure to provide NLD with advertising or sales materials to be filed with the FINRA on a timely basis.

 

The Fund Services Agreement with Gemini Fund Services, LLC (GFS) provides that the Registrant agrees to indemnify and hold GFS harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to the Registrant’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of the Agreement, or which arise out of the Registrant’s lack of good faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Registrant’s performance under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

The Consulting Agreement with Northern Lights Compliance Services, LLC (NLCS) provides that the Registrant agree to indemnify and hold NLCS harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to the Trust’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of the Agreement, or which arise out of the Trust’s lack of good faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Trust’s performance under or in connection with the Agreement.  NLCS shall not be liable for, and shall be entitled to rely upon, and may act upon information, records and reports generated by the Trust, advice of the Trust, or of counsel for the Trust and upon statements of the Trust’s independent accountants, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such records and reports.

 

Item 31. Activities of Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser.

 

Certain information pertaining to the business and other connections of each Adviser of each series of the Trust is hereby incorporated herein by reference to the section of the respective Prospectus captioned “Investment Adviser” and to the section of the respective Statement of Additional Information captioned “Investment Advisory and Other Services.” The information required by this Item 31 with respect to each director, officer or partner of each Adviser is incorporated by reference to the Adviser’s Uniform Application for Investment Adviser Registration (Form ADV) on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Each Adviser’s Form ADV may be obtained, free of charge, at the SEC’s website at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov, and may be requested by File No. as follows:

 

LJM Funds Management, Ltd., the Adviser to the LJM Preservation and Growth Fund -- File No. 801-76983

 

Anfield Capital Management, LLC, the Adviser to the Anfield Universal Fixed Income Fund, Affinity Small Cap Fund, E Fund China A Enhanced Equity Fund and E Fund RQFII China Total Return Bond Fund – File No. 801-77714

 

Superfund Advisors, Inc., the Adviser to the Superfund Managed Futures Strategy Fund – File No. 801-77984

 

West Shore Group, LLC, the Adviser to the West Shore Real Return Income Fund – File No. 801-78178

 

Larkin Point Investment Advisors LLC, the Adviser to the Larkin Point Equity Preservation Fund – File No. 801-78636

 

Redwood Investment Management, LLC, the Adviser to the Redwood Managed Volatility Fund and Redwood Managed Volatility Portfolio – File No. 801-78563

 

IronHorse Capital, LLC, the Adviser to the Conductor Global Fund – File No. 801-78730

 

ES Capital Advisors, LLC, the Adviser to the Modern Technology Fund (f/k/a Belvedere Alternative Income Fund) – File No. 801-79638

 

Fortunatus Investments, LLC, the Adviser to the Fortunatus Protactical New Opportunity Fund – File No. 801-79906

 
 

 

Breithorn Capital Management LLC, the Adviser to the Breithorn Long/Short Fund – File No. 801-70451

 

Crow Point Partners, LLC, the Sub-Adviser to the Modern Technology Fund – File No. 801-67184

 

Affinity Investment Advisors, LLC, the Sub-Adviser to the Affinity Small Cap Fund – File No. 801-42015

 

Hanlon Investment Management, Inc., the Adviser to the Hanlon Managed Income Fund and Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund – File No. 801-60889

 

E Fund Management (Hong Kong) Co., Ltd., the Sub-Adviser to the E Fund China A Enhanced Equity Fund and E Fund RQFII China Total Return Bond Fund – File No. 801-78973

 

Item 32. Principal Underwriter.

(a) Northern Lights Distributors, LLC, the principal underwriter to the Trust also acts as principal underwriter for the following investment companies:

 

AdvisorOne Funds, AmericaFirst Quantitative Funds, Arrow ETF Trust, BlueArc Multi-Strategy Fund, CLA Strategic Allocation Fund, Compass EMP Funds Trust, Copeland Trust, Equinox Funds Trust, Forethought Variable Insurance Trust, Hays Series Trust, Miller Investment Trust, Morgan Creek Series Trust, Mutual Fund Series Trust, Neiman Funds, Nile Capital Investment Trust, North Country Funds, Northern Lights Fund Trust, Northern Lights Fund Trust II, Northern Lights Fund Trust III, Northern Lights Variable Trust, OCM Mutual Fund, Princeton Private Equity Fund, The Multi-Strategy Growth & Income Fund, The Saratoga Advantage Trust, Total Income+ Real Estate Fund, Tributary Funds, Inc. and Vertical Capital Income Fund.

 

(b) Northern Lights Distributors, LLC is registered with Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. The principal business address of Northern Lights Distributors, LLC is 17605 Wright Street, Omaha, Nebraska 68130. To the best of Registrant’s knowledge, the following are the members and officers of Northern Lights Distributors, LLC:

 

Name

Positions and Offices

with Underwriter

Positions and Offices

with the Trust

Brian Nielsen Manager, CEO, Secretary None
Bill Wostoupal President None
Daniel Applegarth Treasurer/FINOP None
Mike Nielsen Chief Compliance Officer and AML Compliance Officer None

 

(c) Not Applicable.

 

Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records.

 

The following entities prepare, maintain and preserve the records required by Section 31 (a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, for the Registrant.  These services are provided to the Registrant for such periods prescribed by the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the 1940 Act and such records are the property of the entity required to maintain and preserve such records and will be surrendered promptly on request.

 

  1. MUFG Union Bank, National Association, 350 California Street 6 th  Floor, San Francisco, California 94104 (records relating to its function as custodian)
  2. Gemini Fund Services, LLC, 17605 Wright Street, Suite 2, Omaha, Nebraska 68130 (records relating to its functions as administration, accounting and transfer agent and Registrant’s Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and Minutes)
  3.  
     
  4. Northern Lights Distributors, LLC, 17605 Wright Street, Omaha, Nebraska 68130 (records relating to its function as principal underwriter)
  5. LJM Funds Management, Ltd., One Financial Place, 440 S. La Salle Street, Suite 2301, Chicago, IL 60605 (records relating to its function as investment adviser)
  6. Superfund Advisors, Inc., Superfund Office Building, Grand Anse P.O. Box 1803 St. Georges, Grenada W.I (records relating to its function as investment adviser)
  7. West Shore Group, LLC, 21 East Euclid Avenue, Haddonfield, NJ 08033 (records relating to its function as investment adviser)
  8. Larkin Point Investment Advisors LLC, 47 West River Road, Suite D, Rumson, NJ 07760 (records relating to its function as investment adviser)
  9. Redwood Investment Management, LLC, 1117 S. Robertson Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA 90035 (records relating to its function as investment adviser)
  10. IronHorse Capital LLC, The First Capital Building, 555 Perkins Extended, Suite 450, Memphis, TN 38117 (records relating to its function as investment adviser)
  11. Anfield Capital Management, LLC, 4695 MacArthur Court, Suite 430, Newport Beach, CA 92660 (records relating to its function as investment adviser)
  12. ES Capital Advisors, LLC, 40 Walnut Street, Wellesley, MA (records relating to its function as investment adviser)
  13. Fortunatus Investments, LLC, 135 West North Street, Suite 1, Brighton, MI 48116 (records relating to its function as investment adviser)
  14. Breithorn Capital Management LLC, 509 Madison Avenue, 16 th Floor, New York, NY 10022 (records relating to its function as investment adviser)
  15. Huntington Bank, N.A., 7 Easton Oval, Columbus, OH 43219 (records relating to its function as custodian)
  16. Crow Point Partners, LLC, 25 Recreation Park Drive, Suite 110, Hingham MA 02043 (records relating to its function as sub-adviser)
  17. Affinity Investment Advisors, LLC, 18111 Von Karman Ave., Suite 550, Irvine, CA 92612 (records relating to its function as sub-adviser)
  18. Hanlon Investment Management, Inc., 3393 Bargaintown Road, Egg Harbor Twp., NJ 08234 (records relating to its function as investment adviser)
  19. E Fund Management (Hong Kong) Co., Limited, Suites 3501-02, 35/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong (records relating to its function as sub-adviser)
  20. The Bank of New York Mellon, One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286 (records relating to its function as custodian)

Item 34. Management Services. Not Applicable.

 

 
 

Item 35. Undertakings. Not Applicable.

 
 

SIGNATURES

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Registration Statement under Rule 485(b) under the 1933 Act and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Hauppauge, State of New York, on the 12th day of August, 2015.

 

Two Roads Shared Trust

 

By:

Andrew Rogers*

President and Principal Executive Officer

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

Signature Title Date
     
Mark D. Gersten*

_________________________

Trustee & Chairman

August 12, 2015
Mark Garbin*

_________________________

Trustee

August 12, 2015
Neil M. Kaufman*

_________________________

Trustee

August 12, 2015
Anita K. Krug*

_________________________

Trustee

August 12, 2015
Andrew Rogers*

_________________________

President and Principal Executive Officer

August 12, 2015
James Colantino*

_________________________

Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer

August 12, 2015

 

*By: /s/ Richard A. Malinowski

Richard A. Malinowski

Attorney in fact

 
 

 

Exhibit Index

 

     
EX-99 (d)(25) Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Hanlon Investment Management, Inc., with respect to the Hanlon Managed Income Fund and Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund
EX-99 (e) Distribution Agreement between Registrant and Northern Lights Distributors, LLC
EX-99 (g)(3) Custodial Agreement between the Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon
EX-99 (h)(27) Expense Limitation Agreement between Registrant and Hanlon Investment Management, Inc., with respect to the Hanlon Managed Income Fund and Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund
EX-99 (i) Legal Opinion and Consent of Dechert LLP
EX-99 (j)(3) Powers of Attorney
EX-99 (m)(6) Amended Appendix A to Class A Master Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1
EX-99 (m)(7) Amended Appendix A to Class C Master Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1
EX-99 (m)(8) Amended Appendix A to Class R Master Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Plan Pursuant to Rule 12b-1
EX-99 (n)(2) Amended Appendix A to Rule 18f-3 Plan
EX-99 (p)(19) Code of Ethics for Hanlon Investment Management, Inc.

 

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT made as of this 20th day of April, 2015 by and between Two Roads Shared Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), and Hanlon Investment Management, Inc. (the “Adviser”).

 

1.         The Trust is an open-end investment company which has separate investment portfolios. This Agreement shall pertain to the series listed on Exhibit A hereto (each a “Fund” and together, the “Funds”). The Trust engages in the business of investing and reinvesting the assets of the Funds in the manner and in accordance with the investment objective and restrictions applicable to the Fund as specified in the Trust’s registration statement, as amended from time to time (the “Registration Statement”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) and the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”). Copies of the Registration Statement have been furnished to the Adviser. Any amendments to those documents shall be furnished to the Adviser promptly. Pursuant to a Distribution Contract (the “Distribution Contract”), between the Trust and the Trust’s principal underwriter (the “Distributor”), the Trust has employed the Distributor to serve as principal underwriter for the shares of beneficial interest of the Trust.

 

2.       The Trust hereby appoints the Adviser to provide the investment advisory services specified in this Agreement and the Adviser hereby accepts such appointment.

 

3.     (a) The Adviser shall, at its expense, (i) employ or associate with itself such persons as it believes appropriate to assist it in performing its obligations under this Agreement and (ii) provide all services, equipment and facilities necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Adviser may from time to time seek research assistance and rely on investment management resources available to it through its affiliated companies, but in no case shall such reliance relieve the Adviser of any of its obligations hereunder, nor shall the Trust be responsible for any additional fees or expenses hereunder as a result.

 

(b) The Trust shall be responsible for all of its expenses and liabilities, including compensation of its Trustees who are not affiliated with the Adviser, the Distributor or any of their affiliates; taxes and governmental fees; interest charges; fees and expenses of the Trust’s independent accountants and legal counsel; trade association membership dues; fees and expenses of any custodian (including maintenance of books and accounts and calculation of the net asset value of shares of the Trust), transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursing agent of the Trust; expenses of issuing, redeeming, registering and qualifying for sale shares of beneficial interest in the Trust; expenses of preparing and printing share certificates, prospectuses and reports to shareholders, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; the cost of office supplies, including stationery; travel expenses of all officers, Trustees and employees; insurance premiums; brokerage and other expenses of executing portfolio transactions; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; organizational expenses; and extraordinary expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust may enter into a separate agreement, which shall be controlling over this Agreement, as amended, pursuant to which some or all of the foregoing expenses of this Section 3(b) shall be the responsibility of the other party or parties to that agreement.

 

 
 

4.   (a) Subject to the supervision of the Trustees of the Trust, the Adviser will: (a) provide a program of continuous investment management for the Fund with regard to the Fund’s investment of its assets (the “Portfolio”) in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives, policies and limitations as stated in the Funds’ Prospectus and statement of additional information included as part of the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as they may be amended from time to time, copies of which shall be provided to the Adviser by the Trust; (b) make investment decisions for the Funds, including, but not limited to, the selection and management of investment sub-advisers for the Funds, in which case any of the duties of the Adviser set forth herein may be delegated to such investment sub- advisers subject to approval by the Trust’s board of trustees (“Board of Trustees”); (c) if investment sub-advisers are appointed with respect to the Funds, monitor and evaluate the performance of the investment sub-advisers under their respective sub-advisory agreements in light of the investment objectives and policies of the Funds, and render to the Trustees such periodic and special reports related to such performance monitoring as the Trustees may reasonably request, and analyze and recommend changes in investment sub-advisers as the Adviser may deem appropriate; (d) place orders to purchase and sell investments for the Funds; and (e) provide office space, secretarial and clerical services and wire and telephone services necessary to provide the investment advisory duties set forth in this Section 4.

 

In performing its investment management services to the Funds under the terms of this Agreement, the Adviser will provide the Funds with ongoing investment guidance and policy direction.

 

The Adviser further agrees that, in performing its duties hereunder, it will:

 

(a)              comply with the 1940 Act and all rules and regulations thereunder, the Advisers Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations, and with any applicable procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees;

 

(b)             use reasonable efforts to manage the Portfolio so that the Funds will qualify, and continue to qualify, as regulated investment companies under Subchapter M of the Code and regulations issued thereunder;

 

(c)              place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the Funds in accordance with applicable policies expressed in each of the Hanlon Fund’s Registration Statement, established through written guidelines determined by the Trust and provided to the Adviser, and in accordance with applicable legal requirements;

 

(d)             furnish to the Trust whatever statistical information the Trust may reasonably request with respect to the Funds. In addition, the Adviser will keep the Trust and the Trustees informed of developments materially affecting the Funds and shall, on the Adviser’s own initiative, furnish to the Trust from time to time whatever information the Adviser believes appropriate for this purpose;

 

(e)              make available to the Trust, promptly upon its request, such copies of its investment records and ledgers with respect to the Funds as may be required to assist the Trust in

 
 

its compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The Adviser will furnish the Trustees with such periodic and special reports regarding the Funds as they may reasonably request;

 

(f)              meet quarterly with the Trust’s Board of Trustees to explain its investment management activities, and any reports related to the Funds as may reasonably be requested by the Trust;

 

(g) immediately notify the Trust in the event that the Adviser or any of its affiliates:

(1) becomes aware that it is subject to a statutory disqualification that prevents the Adviser from serving as investment adviser pursuant to this Agreement; or (2) becomes aware that it is the subject of an administrative proceeding or enforcement action by the SEC or other regulatory authority. The Adviser further agrees to notify the Trust immediately of any material fact known to the Adviser respecting or relating to the Adviser that is not contained in the Registration Statement regarding the Funds, or any amendment or supplement thereto, but that is required to be disclosed therein, and of any statement contained therein that becomes untrue in any material respect;

 

(h)   in making investment decisions for the Funds, use no material non-public information that may be in its possession or in the possession of any of its affiliates, nor will the Adviser seek to obtain any such information; and

 

(i)     comply with any procedures adopted by the Trust, including the Trust’s policy on the disclosure of portfolio holdings of the Funds (the “Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy”), as provided in writing to the Adviser and as may be amended from time to time. Compliance with the Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy includes the requirement that information disclosed to third parties, whether on an ongoing or ad hoc basis, is disclosed subject to conditions designed to protect the confidentiality of such information.

 

5.     The Adviser shall give the Trust the benefit of the Adviser’s best judgment and efforts in rendering services under this Agreement. The Adviser may rely on information reasonably believed by it to be accurate and reliable. As an inducement for the Adviser’s undertaking to render services under this Agreement, the Trust agrees that neither the Adviser nor its members, officers, directors, or employees shall be subject to any liability for, or any damages, expenses or losses incurred in connection with, any act or omission or mistake in judgment connected with or arising out of any services rendered under this Agreement, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in performance of the Adviser’s duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of the Adviser’s obligations and duties under this Agreement. This provision shall govern only the liability to the Trust of the Adviser and that of its members, officers, directors, and employees, and shall in no way govern the liability to the Trust or the Adviser or provide a defense for any other person including persons that provide services for the Funds as described in this Agreement.

 

6.      In consideration of the services to be rendered by the Adviser under this Agreement, the Fund shall pay the Adviser a monthly fee on the first business day of each month, based upon the average daily value (as determined on each business day at the time set forth in the Prospectus for determining net asset value per share) of the net assets of the Funds, during the preceding month, at the annual rates provided for in Exhibit A, as such Exhibit A may be amended from time to time.

 
 

 

If the fees payable to the Adviser pursuant to this Section 6 begin to accrue before the end of any month or if this Agreement terminates before the end of any month, the fees for the period from that date to the end of that month or from the beginning of that month to the date of termination, as the case may be, shall be prorated according to the proportion which the period bears to the full month in which the effectiveness or termination occurs. For purposes of calculating the monthly fees, the value of the net assets of the Funds shall be computed in the manner specified in the Prospectus for the computation of net asset value. For purposes of this Agreement, a “business day” is any day the Funds are open for business or as otherwise provided in the Trust’s Prospectus.

 

7.      (a) This Agreement shall become effective with respect to the Funds by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Funds (and, with respect to any amendment, the date of the amendment) and shall continue in effect with respect to the Funds for a period of more than two years from that date and shall continue thereafter only so long as the continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Funds or by the Trust’s Board of Trustees and (ii) by the vote, cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose, of a majority of the Trust’s trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party.

 

(b) This Agreement may be terminated with respect to the Funds at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Funds or by a vote of a majority of the Trust’s entire Board of Trustees on 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser or by the Adviser on 60 days’ written notice to the Trust. This Agreement (or any supplement hereto) shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

 

8.         Except to the extent necessary to perform the Adviser’s obligations under this Agreement, nothing herein shall be deemed to limit or restrict the right of the Adviser, or any affiliate of the Adviser, or any employee of the Adviser, to engage in any other business or to devote time and attention to the management or other aspects of any other business, whether of a similar or dissimilar nature, or to render services of any kind to any other corporation, firm, individual or association.

 

9.          The investment management services of the Adviser to the Trust under this Agreement are not to be deemed exclusive as to the Adviser and the Adviser will be free to render similar services to others.

 

10.     It is understood that the names “Hanlon Investment Management, Inc.” or “Hanlon” or any derivative thereof or logo associated with those names and other servicemarks and trademarks owned by the Adviser or its affiliates are the valuable property of the Adviser and its affiliates, and that the Trust and/or the Funds may use such names (or derivatives or logos) only as permitted by the Adviser.

 

11.     Notices of any kind to be given to the Adviser by the Trust shall be in writing and shall be duly given if mailed or delivered to the Adviser at 3393 Bargaintown Road, Suite 200, Egg Harbor Township, NJ 08234, or to such other address or to such individual as shall be specified by the Adviser. Notices of any kind to be given to the Trust by the Adviser shall be in writing and shall be duly given if mailed or delivered to 17605 Wright Street, Suite 2, Omaha,

 
 

Nebraska 68130, or to such other address or to such individual as shall be specified by the Trust.

 

12.             This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original.

 

13.             This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, provided that nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act.

 

(a)              If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and, to this extent, the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be severable. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise with regard to any party hereunder, such provisions with respect to other parties hereto shall not be affected thereby.

 

(b)             The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

 

 

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally blank.]

 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

 

 

TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST,

On behalf of the Funds included on Exhibit A hereto

 

 

By: /s/ Andrew Rogers

Name: Andrew Rogers

Title: President

 

 

 

HANLON INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

 

 

By: /s/ Thomas Ericson

Name: Thomas Ericson

Title: Chief Compliance Officer and General Counsel

 
 

 

 

 

Investment Advisory Agreement

EXHIBIT A

Two Roads Shared Trust

(as of April 20, 2015)

 

 

 

Fund

Investment Advisory Fee

Hanlon Managed Income Fund

1.00%

Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund

1.00%

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

 

Between

 

 

TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST

 

and

 

NORTHERN LIGHTS DISTRIBUTORS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

INDEX

 

 

1.   Appointment of NLD and Delivery of Documents 3
2.   NATURE OF DUTIES 4
3.   OFFERING OF SHARES 4
4.   LICENSED REPRESENTATIVES OF THE FUNDS. 6
5.   REPURCHASE OR REDEMPTION OF SHARES BY THE FUNDS 6
6.   DUTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF NLD 7
7.   DUTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF THE TRUST 9
8.   INDEMNIFICATION OF NLD BY THE TRUST 12
9.   INDEMNIFICATION OF THE TRUST BY NLD 14
10.   NOTIFICATION BY THE TRUST 15
11.   COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES 16
12.   SELECTED DEALER AND SELECTED AGENT AGREEMENTS 17
13.   CONFIDENTIALITY 17
14.   EFFECTIVENESS AND DURATION 18
15.   DISASTER RECOVERY 18
16.   DEFINITIONS 19
17.   MISCELLANEOUS 20

ATTACHED SCHEDULES

 
SCHEDULE A  
SCHEDULE B  

 

 

 
 

THIS UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT effective the 30 th day of April, 2015, by and between TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust, having its principal office and place of business at 17605 Wright Street, Omaha, Nebraska 68130 (the “Trust”), and NORTHERN LIGHTS DISTRIBUTORS, LLC , a Nebraska limited liability company having its principal office and place of business at 17605 Wright Street, Omaha, Nebraska 68130 (“NLD”).

 

WHEREAS , the Trust is offering shares of beneficial interest (the “Shares”) in separate investment portfolios as set forth on Schedule A , as may be amended from time to time (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”), and each a series of the Trust; and

 

WHEREAS , the Trust is an open-end management investment company that will be registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); and

 

WHEREAS , NLD is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Securities Exchange Act"), as a broker-dealer and is engaged in the business of selling shares of registered investment companies either directly to purchasers or through other financial intermediaries; and

 

WHEREAS , the Trust desires that NLD offer, as principal underwriter, the Shares of the Funds to the public and NLD is willing to provide those services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement in order to promote the growth of the Funds and facilitate the distribution of the Shares;

 

NOW THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Trust and NLD hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Appointment of NLD and Delivery of Documents

 

(a)              The Trust hereby appoints NLD, and NLD hereby agrees, to act as principal underwriter and distributor of the Shares of the Funds for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. In connection therewith, the Trust has delivered to NLD current copies of:

 

(i)                the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-laws (the “Organizational Documents”);

 

 
 

(ii)              the Trust’s current Registration Statement;

 

(iii)            the Trust’s notification of registration under the 1940 Act on Form N-8A as filed with the SEC;

 

(iv)            the Trust’s current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information (as currently in effect and as amended or supplemented, the “Prospectus”); and

 

(v)              any current plan of distribution or similar document adopted by a Fund under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (“Plan”) and each current shareholder service plan or similar document adopted by a Fund (“Service Plan”).

 

(b)              The Trust shall promptly furnish NLD with:

 

(i)                all amendments of or supplements to the foregoing; and

 

(ii)              a copy of the resolution of the Board appointing NLD and authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

2. NATURE OF DUTIES

 

(a)              NLD shall act as distributor of the Funds except that the rights given under this Agreement to NLD shall not apply to: (i) Shares issued in connection with the merger, consolidation or reorganization of any other investment company or series or class thereof with a Fund or class thereof; (ii) the Trust’s acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the assets or stock of any other investment company or series or class thereof; (iii) the reinvestment in Shares by the Funds’ shareholders of dividends or other distributions; or (iv) any other offering by a Fund of securities to its shareholders (collectively "exempt transactions").

 

(b)              Notwithstanding the foregoing, NLD is and may in the future distribute shares of other investment companies including investment companies having investment objectives similar to those of the Funds. The Funds further understand that existing and future investors in the Funds may invest in shares of such other investment companies. The Funds agree that the services that NLD provides to such other investment companies shall not be deemed in conflict with its duties to the Funds under this Agreement.

3. OFFERING OF SHARES

 

(a)              NLD shall have the right to buy from the Funds the Shares needed to fill unconditional orders for Shares of the Funds placed with NLD by investors or selected

 
 

dealers or selected agents (each as defined in Section 12 hereof) acting as agent for their customers or on their own behalf. Alternatively, NLD may act as the Funds’ agent, to offer, and to solicit offers to subscribe to, Shares of a Fund.

 

(b)              The price that NLD shall pay for Shares purchased from the Funds shall be the NAV used in determining the public offering price on which the orders are based. Shares purchased by NLD are to be resold by NLD to investors at the respective public offering price(s), or to selected dealers or selected agents acting in accordance with the terms of selected dealer or selected agent agreements described in Section 12 of this Agreement. Each Fund will advise NLD of the NAV(s) each time that it is determined by the Fund, or its designated agent, and at such other times as NLD may reasonably request.

 

(c)               NLD will promptly forward all orders and subscriptions to the Funds or their designated agent. All orders and all subscriptions shall be directed to the respective Fund for acceptance and shall not be binding until accepted by the Fund. Any order or subscription may be rejected by the Funds; provided, however, that the Funds will not arbitrarily or without reasonable cause refuse to accept or confirm orders or subscriptions for the purchase of Shares. The Funds or their designated agent will confirm orders and subscriptions upon their receipt, will make appropriate book entries and, upon receipt by the Funds or their designated agent of payment therefore, will issue such Shares in uncertificated form pursuant to the instructions of NLD. NLD agrees to cause such payment and such instructions to be delivered promptly to the Funds or their designated agent.

 

(d)              Each Fund reserves the right to suspend the offering of Shares of such Fund at any time in the absolute discretion of the Board, and upon notice of such suspension NLD shall cease to offer Shares of such Fund specified in the notice.

 

(e)              No Shares shall be offered by either NLD or a Fund under any of the provisions of this Agreement and no orders for the purchase or sale of Shares hereunder shall be accepted by a Fund if and so long as the effectiveness of the Registration Statement then in effect or any necessary amendments thereto shall be suspended under any of the provisions of the Securities Act, or if and so long as a current Prospectus, as required by Section 10(b) of the Securities Act, as amended, is not on file with the SEC; provided, however, that nothing contained in this paragraph shall in any way limit a Fund’s obligation to repurchase Shares from any shareholder in accordance with the provisions of the Trust's Organizational Documents or the Prospectus applicable to the Shares.

 

 

 
 

4. LICENSED REPRESENTATIVES OF THE FUNDS.

 

At the request of the Trust, a Fund, a Fund’s sponsor, adviser or affiliate, NLD may license certain designated employees as “registered representatives” and maintain their licensed status in accordance with FINRA rules and regulations including the following:

 

(a) Filing Form U-4’s and fingerprint submission and processing renewals and terminations;

 

(b) Ongoing compliance updates and training;

 

(c) Preparation of materials and training for compliance with FINRA continuing education requirements; and

 

(d) Supervision of registered representatives.

 

NLD reserves the right in its sole discretion to refuse to register or maintain the registration for any individual and otherwise impose any requirements, fees or limitations on licensed persons.

5. REPURCHASE OR REDEMPTION OF SHARES BY THE FUNDS

 

(a)              Any of the outstanding Shares of the Funds may be tendered for redemption at any time, and the Funds agree to redeem or repurchase the Shares so tendered in accordance with their obligations as set forth in the Organizational Documents and the Prospectus relating to the Shares.

 

(b)              The Funds or their designated agent shall pay:

 

(i)                the total amount of the redemption price consisting of the NAV less any applicable redemption fee to the redeeming shareholder or its agent, and

 

(ii)              except as may be otherwise required by FINRA Rules, any applicable deferred sales charges to NLD in accordance with NLD’s instructions on or before the fifth business day (or such other earlier business day as is customary in the investment company industry) subsequent to the Funds or their agent having received the notice of redemption in proper form.

 

(c)               Redemption of Shares or payment therefore may be suspended at times when the New York Stock Exchange is closed for any reason other than its customary weekend or holiday closings, when trading thereon is restricted, when an emergency exists as a result of which disposal by the Funds of securities owned by the Funds is not

 
 

reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable for the Funds fairly to determine the value of the Funds’ net assets, or during any other period when the SEC so requires or permits.

 

6. DUTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF NLD

 

(a)              NLD shall use reasonable efforts to facilitate the sale of Shares of the Funds upon the terms and conditions contained herein and in the then current Prospectus. NLD shall devote reasonable time and effort to facilitate the distribution of Fund shares but shall not be obligated to sell any specific number of Shares. The services of NLD to the Funds hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive, and nothing herein contained shall prevent NLD from entering into like arrangements with other investment companies so long as the performance of its obligations hereunder is not impaired thereby.

 

(b)              NLD will execute and deliver agreements with broker/dealers, financial institutions and other industry professionals based on forms of agreement approved from time to time by the Board with respect to Shares of the Funds, including but not limited to forms of sales support agreements and shareholder servicing agreements approved in connection with any distribution and/or servicing plan approved in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(c)               NLD shall be responsible for reviewing and providing advice and counsel on, and filing with FINRA, all sales literature (e.g., advertisements, brochures and shareholder communications, including a Fund’s website) with respect to the Funds. All costs associated with advertising filings shall be paid by the Funds. NLD will forward all FINRA comments on marketing materials to the Trust for incorporation into such materials and the sole responsibility for incorporation of such comments shall remain with the Trust; provided, however, that the Trust shall provide all factual content, opinion, and other content for such materials and NLD shall not be responsible for the accuracy of the content of such materials, when used thereafter by the Trust or any person authorized by the Trust to use such material; nor shall NLD be responsible for the filing or content of any such materials used by third parties without the authorization of NLD; and provided further that NLD shall not be responsible for filing any materials that fall within the definition of advertising and sales literature if such materials are not provided to NLD in a form suitable for filing in a timely manner. In addition, NLD will provide one or more persons, during normal business hours, to respond to telephone questions with respect to the Funds.

 

(d)              NLD will forward all sales related complaints concerning the Funds to the Trust.

 

 
 

(e)              NLD will provide assistance in the preparation of quarterly board materials with regard to sales and other distribution related data reasonably requested by the Board of the Trust.

 

(f)               All activities by NLD and its agents and employees as distributor of Shares shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act, the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act, and FINRA Rules, all rules and regulations made or adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act by the SEC or any securities association registered under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

(g)              In selling Shares of the Funds, NLD shall use its best efforts in all material respects duly to conform with the requirements of all federal and state laws relating to the sale of the Shares. Neither NLD, any selected dealer, any selected agent nor any other person is authorized by the Funds to give any information or to make any representations other than as is contained in the Funds’ Prospectus or any advertising materials or sales literature specifically approved in writing by the Funds or their agents.

 

(h)              NLD shall adopt and follow procedures for the confirmation of sales to investors and selected dealers or selected agents, the collection of amounts payable by investors and selected dealers or selected agents on such sales, and the cancellation of unsettled transactions, as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of FINRA.

 

(i)                NLD represents and warrants to the Trust that:

 

(i)                It is a limited liability company duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nebraska and it is duly qualified to carry on its business in the State of Nebraska;

 

(ii)              It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Articles of Organization to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

(iii)            All requisite actions have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

(iv)            It has and will continue to have access to the necessary facilities, equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement;

 

(v)              This Agreement, when executed and delivered, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of NLD, enforceable against NLD in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and

 
 

 

(vi)            It is registered under the Securities Exchange Act with the SEC as a broker-dealer, it is a member in good standing of FINRA, it will abide by FINRA Rules, and it will notify the Trust if its membership in FINRA is terminated or suspended.

 

(vii)           Its selling agreements will require that selling agents comply with applicable anti-money laundering laws, regulations, rules and government guidance, including the reporting, record keeping and compliance requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act ("BSA"), as amended by The International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2002, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act (the “PATRIOT Act"), its implementing regulations, and related SEC and self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) rules.

 

(j)                Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, including the Schedules, to the contrary, NLD makes no warranty or representation as to the number of selected dealers or selected agents with which it has entered into agreements in accordance with Section 12 hereof, as to the availability of any Shares to be sold through any selected dealer, selected agent or other intermediary or as to any other matter not specifically set forth herein.

7. DUTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS OF THE TRUST

 

(a)              The Trust shall furnish to NLD copies of all financial statements and other documents to be delivered to shareholders or investors at least two (2) Fund Business Days prior to such delivery and shall furnish NLD copies of all other financial statements, documents and other papers or information which NLD may reasonably request for use in connection with the distribution of Shares. The Trust shall make available to NLD the number of copies of the Funds’ Prospectuses as NLD shall reasonably request.

 

(b)              The Trust shall take, from time to time, subject to the approval of the Board and any required approval of the shareholders of the Funds, all actions necessary to fix the number of authorized Shares (if such number is not unlimited) and to register the Shares under the Securities Act, to the end that there will be available for sale the number of Shares as reasonably may be expected to be sold pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)               The Trust will execute any and all documents, furnish any and all information and otherwise take all actions that may be reasonably necessary to register or qualify Shares for sale in such states as NLD may designate to the Funds and the Funds may approve, and the Funds shall pay all fees and other expenses incurred in connection with such registration or qualification; provided that NLD shall not be required to register as a broker-dealer or file a consent to service of process in any State

 
 

and the Funds shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation, investment company or association in any State. Any registration or qualification may be withheld, terminated or withdrawn by the Funds at any time in their discretion. NLD shall furnish such information and other material relating to its affairs and activities as the Funds require in connection with such registration or qualification.

 

(d)              The Trust represents and warrants to NLD that:

 

(i)                It is a statutory trust duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware;

 

(ii)              It is empowered under applicable laws and by its Organizational Documents to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

(iii)            All proceedings required by the Organizational Documents have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform its duties under this Agreement;

 

(iv)            It is or will be and will continue to be an open-end management investment company registered with the SEC under the 1940 Act;

 

(v)              All Shares, when issued, shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable;

 

(vi)            This Agreement, when executed and delivered, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties;

 

(vii)           The performance by the Trust of its obligations hereunder does not and will not contravene any provision of the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust;

 

(viii)         The Registration Statement is or will be effective and will remain effective with respect to all Shares of the Funds being offered for sale;

 

(ix)             The Registration Statement and Prospectus have been or will be, as the case may be, carefully prepared in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;

 

(x)              The Registration Statement and Prospectus contain or will contain all statements required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; all statements of fact contained or to be contained in

 
 

the Registration Statement or Prospectus are or will be true and correct at the time indicated or on the effective date as the case may be; and neither the Registration Statement nor any Prospectus, when they shall become effective or be authorized for use, will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading to a purchaser of Shares;

 

(xi)             It will from time to time file such amendment or amendments to the Registration Statement and Prospectus as, in the light of then-current and then-prospective developments, shall, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order to have the Registration Statement and Prospectus at all times contain all material facts required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statements therein not misleading to a purchaser of Shares ("Required Amendments");

 

(xii)           It shall not file any amendment to the Registration Statement or Prospectus without giving NLD reasonable advance notice thereof; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any way limit the Funds’ right to file at any time such amendments to the Registration Statement or Prospectus, of whatever character, as the Funds may deem advisable, such right being in all respects absolute and unconditional;

 

(xiii)         All Shares of the Funds are properly registered in the states as required by applicable state laws;

 

(xiv)         Any amendment to the Registration Statement or Prospectus hereafter filed will, when it becomes effective, contain all statements required to be stated therein in accordance with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; all statements of fact contained in the Registration Statement or Prospectus will, when it becomes effective, be true and correct at the time indicated or on the effective date as the case may be; and no such amendment, when it becomes effective, will include an untrue statement of a material fact or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading to a purchaser of the Shares;

 

(xv)           In connection with any registered representatives maintained under this Agreement, the Trust agrees to cooperate with NLD and provide reports as necessary to maintain appropriate licensing and qualifications and report to NLD any complaints, arbitrations, litigation or any other material matter that may affect a registered representative’s registration status;

 

(xvi)         It has adopted necessary procedures to comply with the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), as amended by The International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2002, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act (the

 
 

“PATRIOT Act”), its implementing regulations, and related SEC and SRO rules. Consistent with this requirement, the Trust shall ensure that the account opening forms utilized by the Funds contain the necessary customer information such as name, address, taxpayer identification and other information to verify the identity of such customers as well as provide proper notification to customers of such anti-money laundering program adopted by the Trust and/or its service providers; and

 

(xvii)        NLD may rely on and will be held harmless from relying on oral or written instructions it receives from an officer, agent, or legal counsel to the Trust.

8. INDEMNIFICATION OF NLD BY THE TRUST

 

(a)              The Trust authorizes NLD and any dealers with whom NLD has entered into dealer agreements to use the latest Prospectus in the form furnished by the Trust in connection with the sale of Shares. The Trust agrees to indemnify, defend and hold NLD, its several officers and managers, and any person who controls NLD within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the reasonable cost of investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which NLD, its officers and managers, or any such controlling persons, may incur under the Securities Act, the 1940 Act, or common law or otherwise, arising out of or based upon:

 

(i)                any untrue statement, or alleged untrue statement, of a material fact required to be stated in either any Registration Statement or any Prospectus,

 

(ii)              the breach of any representations, warranties or obligations set forth herein,

 

(iii)            any omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated in any Registration Statement or any Prospectus or necessary to make the statements in any of them not misleading,

 

(iv)            the Trust’s failure to maintain an effective Registration Statement and Prospectus with respect to Shares of the Funds that are the subject of the claim or demand,

 

(v)              the Trust’s failure to provide NLD with advertising or sales materials to be filed with FINRA on a timely basis or use of marketing materials that are false or misleading,

 

(vi)            the Trust’s failure to properly register Fund Shares under applicable state laws, or

 
 

 

(vii)           all reasonable actions taken by NLD hereunder, including all actions resulting from NLD’s reliance on instructions received from an officer, agent or legal counsel of the Trust.

 

(b)              The Trust’s agreement to indemnify NLD, its officers or managers, and any such controlling person will not be deemed to cover any such claim, demand, liability or expense to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon:

 

(i)                any such untrue statement, alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission made in any Registration Statement or any Prospectus in reliance upon information furnished by NLD, its officers, managers or any such controlling person to the Funds or their representatives for use in the preparation thereof, or

 

(ii)              willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of NLD’s duties, or by reason of NLD’s reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement ("Disqualifying Conduct").

 

(c)               The Trust’s agreement to indemnify NLD, its officers and managers, and any such controlling person, as aforesaid, is expressly conditioned upon the Trust’s being notified of any action brought against NLD, its officers or managers, or any such controlling person, such notification to be given by letter, by facsimile or by telegram addressed to the Trust at the address set forth above within a reasonable period of time after the summons or other first legal process shall have been served; provided, however, that the failure to notify the Trust of any such action shall not relieve the Trust from any liability which the Trust may have to the person against whom such action is brought by reason of any such untrue, or alleged untrue, statement or omission, or alleged omission, otherwise than on account of the Trust’s indemnity agreement contained in this Section.

 

(d)              The Trust will be entitled to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim, demand or liability, but, in such case, such defense shall be conducted by counsel of good standing chosen by the Trust and approved by NLD, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Trust elects to assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing approved by NLD, the defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by any of them; but in case the Trust does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit, the Trust will reimburse NLD, its officers and managers, or the controlling person or persons named as defendant or defendants in such suit, for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them.

 

(e)              The Trust’s indemnification agreement contained in this Section and the Trust’s representations and warranties in this Agreement shall remain operative and in

 
 

full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of NLD, its officers and managers, or any controlling person, and shall survive the delivery of any Shares. This agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively to NLD’s benefit, to the benefit of its several officers and managers, and their respective estates, and to the benefit of any controlling persons and their successors. The Trust agrees promptly to notify NLD of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Trust or any of its officers or Board members in connection with the issue and sale of Shares.

9. INDEMNIFICATION OF THE TRUST BY NLD

 

(a)              NLD agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Trust, its several officers and Board members, and any person who controls the Trust within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the reasonable cost of investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) which the Trust, its officers or Board members, or any such controlling person, may incur under the Securities Act, the 1940 Act, or under common law or otherwise, but only to the extent that such liability or expense incurred by the Trust , its officers or Board members, or such controlling person results from such claims or demands:

(i)                arising out of or based upon statements or representations made by NLD which are unauthorized by the Trust or its agents in any sales literature or advertisements or any Disqualifying Conduct by NLD in connection with the offering and sale of any Shares, or

 

(ii)              arising out of or based upon any untrue, or alleged untrue, statement of a material fact contained in information furnished in writing by NLD to the Funds specifically for use in the Trust’s Registration Statement and used in the answers to any of the items of the Registration Statement or in the corresponding statements made in the Prospectus, or shall arise out of or be based upon any omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact in connection with such information furnished in writing by NLD to the Trust and required to be stated in such answers or necessary to make such information not misleading.

 

(b)              NLD’s agreement to indemnify the Trust, its officers and Trustees, and any such controlling person, as aforesaid, is expressly conditioned upon NLD’s being notified of any action brought against the Trust, its officers or Trustees, or any such controlling person, such notification to be given by letter, by facsimile or by telegram addressed to NLD at its address set forth above within a reasonable period of time after the summons or other first legal process shall have been served.

 

(c)               The failure to notify NLD of any such action shall not relieve NLD from any liability which it may have to the person against whom such action is brought by

 
 

reason of any such untrue, or alleged untrue, statement or omission, or alleged omission, otherwise than on account of NLD’s indemnity agreement contained in this Section.

 

(d)              NLD will be entitled to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim, demand or liability, but, in such case, such defense shall be conducted by counsel of good standing chosen by NLD and approved by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If NLD elects to assume the defense of any such suit and retain counsel of good standing approved by the Trust the defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by any of them; but in the case NLD does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit, NLD will reimburse the Trust, the Trust’s officers and directors, or the controlling person or persons named as defendant or defendants in such suit, for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the Trust or them.

 

NLD’s indemnification agreement contained in this Section and NLD’s representations and warranties in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by NLD or on behalf of NLD, its officers and managers, or any controlling person, and shall survive the delivery of any Shares. This agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively to the Trust’s benefit, to the benefit of the Trust’s officers and Trustees, and their respective estates, and to the benefit of any controlling persons and their successors. NLD agrees promptly to notify the Trust of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against NLD or any of its officers or managers in connection with the issue and sale of Shares.

10. NOTIFICATION BY THE TRUST

 

(a)              The Trust agrees to advise NLD as soon as reasonably practical:

 

(i)                of any request by the SEC for amendments to the Registration Statement or any Prospectus then in effect;

 

(ii)              of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Prospectus then in effect or of the initiation of any proceeding for that purpose;

 

(iii)            of the happening of any event that makes untrue any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement or any Prospectus then in effect or which requires the making of a change in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading;

 

(iv)            of all actions of the SEC with respect to any amendment to any Registration Statement or any Prospectus which may from time to time be filed with the SEC;

 
 

 

(v)              if a current Prospectus is not on file with the SEC; and

 

(vi)            of all advertising, sales materials and other communications with the public required to be filed with FINRA. This obligation shall extend to all revisions of such communications.

 

For purposes of this section, informal requests by or acts of the Staff of the SEC shall not be deemed actions of or requests by the SEC.

11. COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES

 

(a)              In consideration of NLD’s services hereunder, the Funds agree to pay, or cause the Funds’ adviser(s) to pay to NLD the fees set forth in Schedule B , attached hereto. The monthly Service Fee set forth on Schedule B may be offset by any fees and charges collected and retained by NLD, for the applicable month, as set forth below:

 

(i)                any applicable sales charge assessed upon investors in connection with the purchase of Shares;

 

(ii)              from the Funds, any applicable contingent deferred sales charge assessed upon investors in connection with the redemption of Shares;

 

(iii)            from the Funds, the distribution service fees with respect to the Shares of those classes as designated in Schedule A for which a Plan is effective (the "Distribution Fee"); and

 

(iv)            from the Funds, the shareholder service fees with respect to the Shares of those Classes as designated in Schedule A for which a Service Plan is effective (the "Shareholder Service Fee").

 

(b)              The Distribution Fee and Shareholder Service Fee, if any, shall be accrued daily by the Trust or class thereof and shall be paid monthly as promptly as possible after the last day of each calendar month, at the rate or in the amounts set forth in the Plan(s). The Trust grants and transfers to NLD a general lien and security interest in any and all securities and other assets of the Trust now or hereafter maintained in an account at the Trust’s custodian on behalf of the Trust to secure any Distribution Fees, Shareholder Service Fees, or other fees owed NLD by the Trust under this Agreement. All fees set forth herein shall be due and payable upon receipt of invoice and shall be considered late if payment is not received by NLD within fifteen (15) days of the Trust’s receipt of the invoice. Payments not received with fifteen (15) days may be assessed interest at the maximum amount permitted by law.

 

 
 

(c)               The Trust shall be responsible and assumes the obligation for payment of all the expenses of the Trust, including fees and disbursements of its counsel and auditors, in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement and Prospectus (including but not limited to the expense of setting in type the Registration Statement and Prospectus and printing sufficient quantities for internal compliance, regulatory purposes and for distribution to current shareholders).

 

The Trust shall bear the costs and expenses (i) of the registration of the Shares for sale under the Securities Act; (ii) of the registration or qualification of the Shares for sale under the securities laws of the various States; (iii) if necessary or advisable in connection therewith, of qualifying the Funds, (but not NLD) as an issuer or as a broker or dealer, in such States as shall be selected by the Trust and NLD pursuant to Section 7(c) hereof; (iv) payable to each State for continuing registration or qualification therein until the Funds decide to discontinue registration or qualification pursuant to Section 7(c) hereof; and (v) payable for standard transmission costs, including costs imposed by the National Securities Clearing Corporation. NLD shall pay all expenses relating to NLD's broker-dealer qualification.

 

12. SELECTED DEALER AND SELECTED AGENT AGREEMENTS

 

NLD shall have the right to enter into selected dealer agreements with securities dealers of its choice ("selected dealers") and selected agent agreements with depository institutions and other financial intermediaries of its choice ("selected agents") for the sale of Shares and to fix therein the portion of the sales charge, if any, that may be allocated to the selected dealers or selected agents; provided, that the Trust shall approve the forms of agreements with selected dealers or selected agents and shall review and approve the compensation set forth therein. A form selling agreement for the Funds will be provided by NLD. Selected dealers and selected agents shall resell Shares of the Funds at the public offering price(s) set forth in the Prospectus relating to the Shares. Within the United States, NLD shall offer and sell Shares of the Funds only to selected dealers that are members in good standing of FINRA.

13. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

NLD agrees to treat all records and other information related to the Trust as proprietary information of the Trust and, on behalf of itself and its employees, to keep confidential all such information, except that NLD may:

 

(a)              Prepare or assist in the preparation of periodic reports to shareholders and regulatory bodies such as the SEC;

 

 
 

(b)              provide information typically supplied in the investment company industry to companies that track or report price, performance or other information regarding investment companies; and

 

(c)               release such other information as approved in writing by the Funds, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

NLD may release any information regarding the Trust without the consent of the Trust if NLD reasonably believes that it may be exposed to civil or criminal legal proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to release any information by duly constituted authorities or when so requested by the Trust. Each party agrees to comply with Regulation S-P under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.

 

14. EFFECTIVENESS AND DURATION

 

(a)              This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and will continue for an initial two-year term and will continue thereafter so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Trust’s Board or (ii) by a vote of a majority of the Shares of the Trust, provided that in either event its continuance also is approved by a majority of the Board members who are not "interested persons" of any party to this Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

 

(b)              This agreement is terminable, without penalty, on sixty (60) days' notice, by the Board, by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Trust, or by NLD.

 

(c)               This Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate in the event of its "assignment."

 

(d)              NLD agrees to notify the Trust immediately upon the event of NLD’s expulsion or suspension by FINRA. This Agreement will automatically and immediately terminate in the event of NLD’s expulsion or suspension by FINRA.

15. DISASTER RECOVERY

 

NLD shall maintain disaster recovery procedures in effect making reasonable provisions for the storage and retrieval of information maintained in NLD’s possession.

 
 

16. DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meaning set forth below:

 

(a)              The “Board" means the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

 

(b)              “Fund Business Day” means any day on which the NAV of Shares of each Fund is determined as stated in the then current Prospectus.

 

(c)               “FINRA” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

(d)              “FINRA Rules” means the Constitution, By-Laws, and Rules of Fair Practice of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ("FINRA") and any interpretations thereof.

 

(e)              “NAV” means the net asset value per Share of each Fund as determined by such Fund, or its designated agent, in accordance with and at the times indicated in the applicable Prospectus of such Fund on each Fund Business Day in accordance with the method set forth in the Prospectus and guidelines established by the Board.

 

(f)               “Public Offering Price” means the price per Share of each Fund at which NLD or selected dealers or selected agents may sell Shares to the public or to those persons eligible to invest in Shares as described in the Prospectus of such Fund, determined in accordance with such Prospectus under the Securities Act relating to such Shares.

 

(g)              “Prospectus” means the current prospectus and statement of additional information of the Funds, as currently in effect and as amended or supplemented.

 

(h)              “Registration Statement” means the Funds’ Registration Statement on Form N-1A and all amendments thereto filed with the SEC.

 

(i)                “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(j)                “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(k)              “Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(l)                “1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

 
 

(m)            The terms "majority of the outstanding voting securities," "interested person" and "assignment" shall have the same meanings as such terms have in the 1940 Act.

17. MISCELLANEOUS

 

(a)    No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement properly authorized and executed by both parties.

 

(b)    This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska.

 

(c)     This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof whether oral or written.

 

(d)    The parties may execute this Agreement or any number of counterparts, and all of the counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(e)    If any part, term or provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, in conflict with any law or otherwise invalid, the remaining portion or portions shall be considered severable and not be affected by such determination, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced as if the Agreement did not contain the particular part, term or provision held to be illegal or invalid.

 

(f)     In the event either party is unable to perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement because of acts of God, strikes, equipment or transmission failure or damage reasonably beyond its control, or other causes reasonably beyond its control, such party shall not be liable for damages to the other party resulting from such failure to perform or otherwise from such causes.

 

(g)    NLD shall not be liable for any consequential, incidental, exemplary, punitive, special or indirect damages, whether or not the likelihood of such damages was known by NLD or its affiliates.

 

(h)    Any controversy or claim arising out of, or related to, this Agreement, its termination or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration by three arbitrators (or by fewer arbitrator(s), if the parties subsequently agree to fewer) in the State of Nebraska, in accordance with the arbitration rules and procedures of FINRA then in effect, and the arbitrators’ decision shall be binding and final, and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

 
 

(i)      Section and paragraph headings in this Agreement are included for convenience only and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

 

(j)      All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall be deemed to have been given when received, and shall be given to the following addresses (or such other addresses as to which notice is given):

 

 

 

To the Trust:

To NLD:
   
Two Roads Shared Trust Northern Lights Distributors, LLC

Attn: President

Attn: Legal Department

17605 Wright Street

17605 Wright Street
Omaha, NE 68130 Omaha, NE 68130
   

 

 

(k)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the parties agree that the assets and liabilities of each Fund of the Trust are separate and distinct from the assets and liabilities of each other Fund and that no Fund shall be liable or shall be charged for any debt, obligation or liability of any other Fund, whether arising under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

(l)      Each of the undersigned expressly warrants and represents that they have full power and authority to sign this Agreement on behalf of the party indicated and that their signature will bind the party indicated to the terms hereof.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in their names and on their behalf by and through their duly authorized persons, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST

NORTHERN LIGHTS DISTRIBUTORS, LLC

   

By: /s/ Andrew Rogers _____________

By: /s/ Brian Nielsen _______________

Andrew Rogers

Brian Nielsen

President

Chief Executive Officer

   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

Schedule A

 

Fund Name Adviser Sub-Adviser Effective Date
LJM Preservation and Growth Fund LJM Funds Management, Ltd. N/A 04/30/2015
LJM Income Plus Fund LJM Funds Management, Ltd. N/A 04/30/2015
Superfund Managed Futures Strategy Fund Superfund Advisors, Inc. N/A 04/30/2015
West Shore Real Return Income Fund West Shore Group, LLC N/A 04/30/2015
Larkin Point Equity Preservation Fund Larkin Point Investment Advisors LLC N/A 04/30/2015
Redwood Managed Volatility Fund Redwood Investment Management, LLC N/A 04/30/2015
Redwood Managed Volatility Portfolio Redwood Investment Management, LLC N/A 04/30/2015
Conductor Global Fund IronHorse Capital, LLC N/A 04/30/2015
Dynamic Total Return Fund Dynamic Advisors, LLC One Oak Capital Management, LLC 04/30/2015
Modern Technology Fund ES Capital Advisors, LLC Merriman Asset Management, Inc. d/b/a Merriman Wealth Advisors 04/30/2015
Breithorn Long/Short Fund Breithorn Capital Management LLC N/A 04/30/2015
Fortunatus Protactical New Opportunity Fund Fortunatus Investments, LLC N/A 04/30/2015
Affinity Small Cap Fund Anfield Capital Management, LLC Affinity Investment Advisors, LLC 04/30/2015
Hanlon Managed Income Fund Hanlon Investment Management, Inc. N/A 04/30/2015
Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund Hanlon Investment Management, Inc. N/A 04/30/2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CUSTODY AGREEMENT

 

by and between

 

TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PAGE

SECTION 1 – CUSTODY ACCOUNTS; INSTRUCTIONS 1
1.1   Definitions 1
1.2   Establishment of Account 3
1.3   Representations and Warranties 3
1.4   Distributions 5
1.5   Authorized Instructions 5
1.6   Authentication 5
1.7   On-Line Systems 5
SECTION 2 – CUSTODY SERVICES 5
2.1   Holding Securities 5
2.2   Depositories 7
2.3   Agents 7
2.4   Custodian Actions without Direction 7
2.5   Custodian Actions with Direction 8
2.6   Foreign Exchange Transactions 8
SECTION 3 – CORPORATE ACTIONS 8
3.1   Custodian Notification 8
3.2   Direction 9
3.3   Voting Rights 9
3.4   Partial Redemptions, Payments, Etc. 9
SECTION 4 – SETTLEMENT OF TRADES 9
4.1   Payments 9
4.2   Contractual Settlement and Income 9
4.3   Trade Settlement 10
SECTION 5 – DEPOSITS AND ADVANCES 10
5.1   Deposits 10
5.2   Sweep and Float 10
5.3   Overdrafts and Indebtedness 10
5.4   Securing Repayment 10
5.5   Setoff 11
5.6   Bank Borrowings 11
SECTION 6 – SALE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES 11
6.1   Sale of Shares 11
6.2   Redemption of Shares 12
6.3   Check Redemptions 12
SECTION 7 – Payment of dividends and distributions 12
7.1   Determination to Pay 12
7.2   Payment 12
SECTION 8 – TAXES, REPORTS AND RECORDS 12
 
 
8.1   Tax Obligations 12
8.2   Pricing and Other Data 13
8.3   Statements and Reports 13
8.4   Review of Reports 13
8.5   Books and Records 13
8.6   Required Disclosure 14
8.7   Tools 14
SECTION 9 – provisions regarding custodian 15
9.1   Standard of Care 15
9.2   Limitation of Duties and Liability 15
9.3   Losses 16
9.4   Gains 16
9.5    Centralized Functions 16
9.6   Force Majeure 16
9.7   Fees 16
9.8   Indemnification 17
SECTION 10 – aMENDMENT; TERMINATION; ASSIGNMENT 17
10.1   Amendment 17
10.2   Termination 17
10.3   Successors and Assigns 17
SECTION 11 – aDDITIONAL PROVISIONS 17
11.1   Non-Custody Assets 17
11.2   Appropriate Action 18
11.3   Governing Law 18
11.4   Representations 18
11.5   USA PATRIOT Act 18
11.6   Non-Fiduciary Status 18
11.7   Notices 19
11.8   Entire Agreement 19
11.9   Necessary Parties 19
11.10   Execution in Counterparts 19
11.11   Captions 19

 

 
 

CUSTODY AGREEMENT

CUSTODY AGREEMENT, dated as of the latest date set forth on the signature page hereto, between TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST , a statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Trust”), on behalf of its series listed hereto on Schedule I (each, a “Fund”) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON , a bank organized under the laws of the state of New York (the “Custodian”).

SECTION 1 – CUSTODY ACCOUNTS; INSTRUCTIONS

1.1             Definitions . Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words shall have the meanings set forth below:

’40 Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.

Account ” or “ Accounts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

Authorized Instructions shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5.

Authorized Person ” shall mean any Person authorized by the Funds of the Trust to give Oral Instructions or Instructions with respect to one or more Accounts or with respect to foreign exchange, derivative investments or information and transactional web based services provided by the Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate. Authorized Persons shall include Persons authorized by an Authorized Person. Authorized Persons, their signatures and the extent of their authority shall be provided by a Certificate. The Custodian may conclusively rely on the authority of an Authorized Person until it receives Written Instructions to the contrary.

BNY Mellon Affiliate ” shall mean any direct or indirect subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation.

BNY Mellon Group ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.5.

Book-Entry System ” shall mean the United States Federal Reserve/Treasury book-entry system for receiving and delivering securities, its successors and nominees.

Business Day ” shall mean any day on which the Custodian and relevant Depositories are open for business.

Centralized Functions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.5.

Certificate ” shall mean any notice, instruction or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Custodian, which is actually received by the Custodian by letter or facsimile transmission and signed on behalf of a Fund by two (2) Authorized Persons or persons reasonably believed by the Custodian to be Authorized Persons.

Country Risk Event ” shall mean (a) issues relating to the financial infrastructure of a country, (b) issues relating to a country’s prevailing custody and settlement practices, (c)

1
 

nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions, (d) issues relating to a country’s regulation of the banking or securities industry, (e) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations, redenominations or fluctuations or (f) market conditions which affect the orderly execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.

Data Providers ” shall mean pricing vendors, analytics providers, brokers, dealers, investment managers, Authorized Persons, Subcustodians, Depositories and any other Person providing Market Data to the Custodian.

Data Terms Website ” shall mean http://bnymellon.com/products/assetservicing/vendoragreement.pdf or any successor website the address of which is provided by the Custodian to the Trust.

Depository ” shall include (a) the Book-Entry System, (b) the Depository Trust Company, (c) any other clearing agency or securities depository registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission identified to the Trust from time to time and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.

Foreign Depository ” shall mean (a) Euroclear, (b) Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, (c) each Eligible Securities Depository as defined in Rule 17f-7 under the ’40 Act identified to the Trust from time to time and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.

Instructions ” shall mean Written Instructions, S.W.I.F.T., on-line communications or other method or system, each as specified by the Custodian as available for use in connection with the services hereunder.

Losses ” shall mean, collectively, losses, costs, expenses, damages, liabilities and claims.

Market Data ” shall mean pricing or other data related to Securities and other assets. Market Data includes but is not limited to security identifiers, valuations, bond ratings, classification data and other data received from investment managers and others.

Non-Custody Assets ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

Operational Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Oral Instructions ” shall mean instructions expressed in spoken words received by the Custodian. Where the Custodian provides recorded lines for this purpose, such instructions must be given using such lines.

Person ” or “ Persons ” shall mean any entity or individual.

Replacement Subcustodian ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Required Care ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Securities ” shall include, without limitation, any common stock and other equity securities, depository receipts, limited partnership and limited liability company interests, bonds, debentures

2
 

and other debt securities, notes or other obligations, and any instruments representing rights to receive, purchase or subscribe for the same, or representing any other rights or interests therein (whether represented by a certificate or held in a Depository, a Foreign Depository or with a Subcustodian or on the books of the issuer) that are acceptable to the Custodian.

Series ” shall mean the various portfolios, if any, of the Funds listed on Schedule I hereto, and if none are listed references to Series shall be references to the Fund.

Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

Subcustodian ” shall mean a bank or other financial institution (other than a Foreign Depository) located outside the United States which is utilized by the Custodian or by a BNY Mellon Affiliate in connection with the purchase, sale or custody of Securities or cash hereunder and is identified to the Trust from time to time, and their respective successors and assigns.

Tax Obligations ” shall mean taxes, withholding, certification and reporting requirements, claims for exemptions or refund, interest, penalties, additions to tax and other related expenses.

Written Instructions ” shall mean a Certificate, received by the Custodian by overnight delivery, postal services or facsimile transmission.

1.2             Establishment of Account . (a) The Trust hereby appoints the Custodian as the custodian of all Securities and cash at any time delivered to the Custodian to be held under this Agreement. The Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to establish and maintain one or more accounts for each Series in which the Custodian will hold Securities and cash as provided herein. Such accounts (each, an “Account,” and collectively, the “Accounts”) shall be in the name of the Funds of the Trust.

(b) The Custodian may from time to time establish on its books and records such sub-accounts within each Account as the Fund and the Custodian may agree upon (each a “Special Account”), and the Custodian shall reflect therein such assets as the Fund may specify in Instructions.

(c) The Custodian may from time to time establish pursuant to a written agreement with and for the benefit of a broker, dealer, future commission merchant or other third party identified in Instructions such accounts on such terms and conditions as the Fund and the Custodian shall agree, and the Custodian shall transfer to such account such Securities and cash as the Fund may specify in Instructions.

1.3             Representations and Warranties . The Trust hereby represents and warrants, which representations and warranties shall be continuing and shall be deemed to be reaffirmed upon each giving of Oral Instructions or Instructions by a Fund, that:

(a) It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

3
 

(b) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trust, has been approved by a resolution of its board and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Trust, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and there is no statute, regulation, rule, order or judgment binding on it, and no provision of its charter or by-laws, nor of any mortgage, indenture, credit agreement or other contract binding on it or affecting its property, which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement;

(c) It is conducting its business in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and requirements, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory licenses, approvals and consents necessary to carry on its business as now conducted;

(d) It will not use the services provided by the Custodian hereunder in any manner that is, or will result in, a violation of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Trust;

(e) Its board or its foreign custody manager, as defined in Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “‘40 Act”), has determined that use of each Subcustodian (including any Replacement Subcustodian) which the Custodian is authorized to utilize in accordance with this Agreement satisfies the applicable requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder;

(f) The Trust or each Funds’ investment adviser has determined that the custody arrangements of each Foreign Depository provide reasonable safeguards against the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with such Foreign Depository within the meaning of Rule 17f-7 under the ‘40 Act;

(g) It is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with various methods of transmitting Instructions and Oral Instructions to the Custodian, shall safeguard and treat with extreme care any user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys, understands that there may be more secure methods of transmitting or delivering the same than the methods selected by it, agrees that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection therewith provide a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances and acknowledges and agrees that Instructions need not be reviewed by the Custodian, may conclusively be presumed by the Custodian without inquiry to have been given by person(s) duly authorized and may be acted upon as given;

(h) It shall manage its borrowings, including, without limitation, any advance or overdraft (including any day-light overdraft) in the Accounts, so that the aggregate of its total borrowings for each Series does not exceed the amount such Series is permitted to borrow under the ‘40 Act;

(i) Its transmission or giving of, and the Custodian acting upon and in reliance on, Instructions or Oral Instructions pursuant to this Agreement shall at all times comply with the ‘40 Act;

(j) It shall impose and maintain restrictions on the destinations to which cash may be disbursed by Instructions to ensure that each disbursement is for a proper purpose; and

4
 

(k) It has the right to make the pledge and grant the security interest and security entitlement to the Custodian contained in Section 5 hereof, free of any right of redemption or prior claim of any other person or entity, such pledge and such grants shall have a first priority subject to no setoffs, counterclaims or other liens or grants prior to or on a parity therewith, and it shall take such additional steps as the Custodian may require to assure such priority.

1.4             Distributions . The Custodian shall make distributions or transfers out of an Account pursuant to Instructions. In making payments to service providers pursuant to Instructions, the Trust acknowledges that the Custodian is acting in an administrative or in a ministerial capacity, and not as the payor, for tax information reporting and withholding purposes.

1.5             Authorized Instructions . The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon any Oral Instructions or Instructions actually received by the Custodian and reasonably believed by the Custodian to be from an Authorized Person (“Authorized Instructions”). Notwithstanding any other provision included in this Agreement, Written Instructions relating to the disbursement of cash of a Fund other than in connection with the purchase, sale or settlement of Securities, shall be in the form of a Certificate. The Trust agrees that an Authorized Person shall forward to the Custodian Instructions confirming Oral Instructions by the close of business of the same day that such Oral Instructions are given to the Custodian. The Trust agrees that the fact Instructions confirming Oral Instructions are not received or that contrary Instructions are received by the Custodian shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of transactions authorized by such Oral Instructions and effected by the Custodian.

1.6             Authentication . If the Custodian receives Instructions that appear on their face to have been transmitted by an Authorized Person via (i) facsimile or other electronic method that is not secure or (ii) secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords or authentication keys, the Trust understands and agrees that the Custodian cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that the Custodian shall be entitled to conclusively presume that such Instructions have been sent by an Authorized Person. The Trust shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Persons transmit Instructions to the Custodian and that all Authorized Persons safeguard and treat with extreme care applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys.

1.7             On-Line Systems. If an Authorized Person elects to transmit Instructions through an on-line communication system offered by the Custodian, the use thereof shall be subject to any terms and conditions contained in a separate written agreement. If the Trust or an Authorized Person elects, with the Custodian’s prior consent, to transmit Instructions through an on-line communications service owned or operated by a third party, the Trust agrees that the Custodian shall not be responsible or liable for the reliability or availability of any such service.

SECTION 2 – CUSTODY SERVICES

2.1             Holding Securities . (a) Subject to the terms hereof, the Trust hereby authorizes the Custodian to hold any Securities in registered form in the name of the Custodian or one of its nominees. Securities held for each Fund hereunder shall be segregated on the Custodian’s books and records from the Custodian’s own property. The Custodian shall be entitled to utilize, subject

5
 

to subsection (d) of this Section 2.1, Subcustodians, Depositories, and subject to subsection (e) of this Section 2.1, Foreign Depositories in connection with its performance hereunder. Securities and cash held through a Subcustodian shall be held subject to the terms and conditions of the Custodian’s or a BNY Mellon Affiliate’s agreements with such Subcustodian. Securities and cash deposited by the Custodian in a Depository or Foreign Depository will be held subject to the rules, terms and conditions of such entity. Subcustodians may be authorized to hold Securities in Depositories or Foreign Depositories in which such Subcustodian participates. Unless otherwise required by local law or practice or a particular subcustodian agreement, Securities deposited with Subcustodians, Depositories or Foreign Depositories will be held in a commingled account in the name of the Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate for the Funds. The Custodian shall identify on its books and records the Securities and cash belonging to each Fund, whether held directly or indirectly through Subcustodians, Depositories or Foreign Depositories. The Custodian shall, directly or indirectly through Subcustodians, Depositories or Foreign Depositories, endeavor, to the extent feasible, to hold Securities in the country or other jurisdiction in which the principal trading market for such Securities is located, where such Securities are to be presented for cancellation and/or payment and/or registration or where such Securities are acquired. The Custodian at any time may cease utilizing any Subcustodian and/or may replace a Subcustodian with a different Subcustodian (a “Replacement Subcustodian”). In the event the Custodian selects a Replacement Subcustodian, the Custodian shall not utilize such Replacement Subcustodian until after the Trust’s board or foreign custody manager has determined that utilization of such Replacement Subcustodian satisfies the requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder.

(b)             The Custodian shall exercise reasonable care in the selection or retention, monitoring and continued use of a Subcustodian in light of prevailing rules, terms, practices and procedures in the relevant market (“Required Care”). The Custodian shall be liable for repayment to a Fund of cash credited to an Account and cash credited to the Fund’s or the Custodian’s cash account at a Subcustodian that the Custodian is not able to recover from the Subcustodian (other than as a result of a Country Risk Event). With respect to any Losses incurred by a Fund as a result of an act or the failure to act by any Subcustodian (“Operational Losses”), the Custodian shall be liable for: (i) Operational Losses with respect to Securities or cash held by the Custodian with or through a BNY Mellon Affiliate to the extent the Custodian would be liable under this Agreement if the applicable act or failure to act was that of the Custodian; and (ii) Operational Losses with respect to Securities or cash held by the Custodian with or through a Subcustodian (other than a BNY Mellon Affiliate) to the extent that such Operational Losses were directly caused by failure on the part of the Custodian to exercise Required Care; provided that in no event shall the Custodian have any liability for Operational Losses arising out of or relating to a Country Risk Event. With respect to all other Operational Losses not covered by clauses (i) and (ii) (including the proviso) above, the Custodian shall take appropriate action to recover such Operational Losses from the applicable Subcustodian and the Custodian’s sole liability shall be limited to amounts recovered from such Subcustodian (exclusive of costs and expenses incurred by the Custodian).

(c) Unless the Custodian has received Instructions to the contrary, the Custodian shall hold Securities indirectly through a Subcustodian only if (i) the Securities are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of such Subcustodian or its creditors or operators, including a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or similar authority, except for a claim of payment for the safe custody or administration of Securities on behalf of a Fund by such

6
 

Subcustodian and (ii) beneficial ownership of the Securities is freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration.

(d) With respect to each Depository, the Custodian (i) shall exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duties as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain Securities or financial assets deposited or held in such Depository and (ii) will provide, promptly upon request by the Trust and/or each Fund, such reports as are available concerning the internal accounting controls and financial strength of the Custodian.

(e) With respect to each Foreign Depository, the Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence (i) to provide the Trust with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Foreign Depository and (ii) to monitor such custody risks on a continuing basis and promptly notify the Trust of any material change in such risks. The Trust acknowledges and agrees that such analysis and monitoring shall be made on the basis of, and limited by, information gathered from Subcustodians or through publicly available information otherwise obtained by the Custodian, and shall not include any evaluation of Country Risk Events.

2.2             Depositories . The Custodian shall have no liability whatsoever for the action or inaction of a Depository or a Foreign Depository or for any Losses resulting from the maintenance of assets with a Depository or a Foreign Depository. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Custodian shall be liable for repayment to a Fund of cash credited to the Fund’s, the Custodian’s or a Subcustodian’s account at a Depository or a Foreign Depository that the Custodian is not able to recover from the Depository or Foreign Depository (other than as a result of a Country Risk Event).

2.3             Agents . The Custodian may appoint agents, including BNY Mellon Affiliates, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate to perform its services hereunder. Except as otherwise provided herein, no such appointment shall discharge the Custodian from its obligations hereunder.

2.4             Custodian Actions without Direction . With respect to Securities held hereunder, the Custodian shall:

a.                 Receive all eligible income and other payments due to the Accounts;

b.                Carry out any exchanges of Securities or other corporate actions not requiring discretionary decisions;

c.                 Facilitate access by a Fund or its designee to ballots or online systems to assist in the voting of proxies received by the Custodian in its capacity as custodian for eligible positions of Securities held in the Accounts (excluding bankruptcy matters);

d.                Forward to the Trust or its designee information (or summaries of information) that the Custodian receives in its capacity as custodian from Depositories or Subcustodians concerning Securities in the Accounts (excluding bankruptcy matters);

7
 

e.                 Forward to the Trust or its designee an initial notice of bankruptcy cases relating to Securities held in the Accounts and a notice of any required action related to such bankruptcy cases as may be received by the Custodian in its capacity as custodian. No further action or notification related to the bankruptcy case shall be required;

f.                 Endorse for collection checks, drafts or other negotiable instruments; and

g.                Execute and deliver, solely in its custodial capacity, certificates, documents or instruments incidental to the Custodian’s performance under this Agreement.

2.5             Custodian Actions with Direction . The Custodian shall take the following actions in the administration of the Accounts only pursuant to Authorized Instructions:

a.                 Settle purchases and sales of Securities and process other transactions, including free receipts and deliveries to a broker, dealer, future commission merchant or other third party specified in Instructions;

b.                Take actions necessary to settle transactions in connection with futures or options contracts, short-selling programs, foreign exchange or foreign exchange contracts, swaps and other derivative investments; and

c.                 Deliver Securities in an Account if an Authorized Person advises the Custodian that a Fund has entered into a separate securities lending agreement, provided that the Fund executes such agreements as the Custodian may require in connection with such arrangements.

2.6             Foreign Exchange Transactions . (a) For the purpose of settling Securities and foreign exchange transactions, each Fund shall provide the Custodian with sufficient immediately available funds for all transactions by such time and date as conditions in the relevant market dictate. As used herein, “sufficient immediately available funds” shall mean either (i) sufficient cash denominated in United States dollars to purchase the necessary foreign currency or (ii) sufficient applicable foreign currency, to settle the transaction. The Custodian shall provide the Fund with immediately available funds each day which result from the actual settlement of all sale transactions, based upon advices received by the Custodian from Subcustodians, Depositories and Foreign Depositories. Such funds shall be in United States dollars or such other currency as the Fund may specify to the Custodian.

(b) Any foreign exchange transaction effected by the Custodian in connection with this Agreement may be entered with the Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate acting as a principal or otherwise through customary channels. Each Fund may issue standing Instructions with respect to foreign exchange transactions, but the Custodian may establish rules or limitations concerning any foreign exchange facility made available to the applicable Fund.

SECTION 3 – CORPORATE ACTIONS

3.1             Custodian Notification . The Custodian shall notify each Fund or its designee of rights or discretionary corporate actions as promptly as practicable under the circumstances,

8
 

provided that the Custodian in its capacity as custodian has actually received notice of such right or discretionary corporate action from the relevant Subcustodian or Depository. Without actual receipt of such notice by the Custodian in its capacity as custodian the Custodian shall have no liability for failing to so notify the Fund.

3.2             Direction . Whenever there are voluntary rights that may be exercised or alternate courses of action that may be taken by reason of a Fund’s ownership of Securities, the Fund or its designee shall be responsible for making any decisions relating thereto and for directing the Custodian to act. In order for the Custodian to act, it must receive Instructions using the Custodian generated form or clearly marked as instructions for the decision at the Custodian’s offices addressed as the Custodian may from time to time request, by such time as the Custodian shall advise the Fund or its designee. If the Custodian does not receive such Instructions by such deadline, the Custodian shall not be liable for failure to take any action relating to or to exercise any rights conferred by such Securities.

3.3             Voting Rights . All voting rights with respect to Securities, however registered, shall be exercised by a Fund or its designee. The Custodian will make available to each Fund proxy voting services upon the request of, and for the jurisdictions selected by, the Fund in accordance with terms and conditions to be mutually agreed upon by the Custodian and the Fund.

3.4             Partial Redemptions, Payments, Etc. The Custodian shall promptly advise each Fund or its designee upon its notification in its capacity as custodian of a partial redemption, partial payment or other action with respect to a Security affecting fewer than all such Securities held within an Account. If the Custodian or any Subcustodian, Depository or Foreign Depository holds any Securities affected by one of the events described, the Custodian, Subcustodian, Depository or Foreign Depository may select the Securities to participate in such partial redemption, partial payment or other action in any non-discriminatory manner that it customarily uses to make such selection.

SECTION 4 – SETTLEMENT OF TRADES

4.1             Payments . Promptly after each purchase or sale of Securities by a Fund, an Authorized Person shall deliver to the Custodian Instructions specifying all information necessary for the Custodian to settle such purchase or sale. For the purpose of settling purchases of Securities, the Fund shall provide the Custodian with sufficient immediately available funds for all such transactions by such time and date as conditions in the relevant market dictate.

4.2             Contractual Settlement and Income . The Custodian may, as a matter of bookkeeping convenience, credit an Account with the proceeds from the sale, redemption or other disposition of Securities or interest, dividends or other distributions payable on Securities prior to its actual receipt of final payment therefor. All such credits shall be conditional until the Custodian’s actual receipt of final payment and may be reversed by the Custodian to the extent that final payment is not received. Payment with respect to a transaction will not be “final” until the Custodian shall have received immediately available funds that under applicable local law, rule and practice are irreversible and not subject to any security interest, levy or other encumbrance, and that are specifically applicable to such transaction.

9
 

4.3             Trade Settlement . Transactions will be settled using practices customary in the jurisdiction or market where the transaction occurs. Each Fund understands that when the Custodian is instructed to deliver Securities against payment, delivery of such Securities and receipt of payment therefor may not be completed simultaneously. Each Fund assumes full responsibility for all risks involved in connection with the Custodian’s delivery of Securities pursuant to Authorized Instructions in accordance with local market practice.

SECTION 5 – dEPOSITS AND ADVANCES

5.1             Deposits . The Custodian may hold cash in Accounts or may arrange to have cash held by a BNY Mellon Affiliate or Subcustodian, or with a Depository or Foreign Depository . Where cash is on deposit with the Custodian, a Subcustodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate, it will be subject to the terms of this Agreement and such deposit terms and conditions as may be issued by the Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate or Subcustodian, to the extent applicable, from time to time, including rates of interest and deposit account access.

5.2             Sweep and Float . Cash may be swept as directed by each Fund or its investment adviser to investment vehicles offered by the Custodian or to other investment vehicles. Cash may be uninvested when it is received or reconciled to an Account after the deadline to be swept into a target vehicle, or when held for short periods of time related to transaction settlements. The Trust acknowledges that, as part of the Custodian’s compensation, the Custodian will earn interest on cash balances held by the Custodian, including disbursement balances and balances arising from purchase and sale transactions, as provided in the Custodian’s indirect compensation disclosures.

5.3 Overdrafts and Indebtedness . The Custodian may, in its sole discretion, advance funds in any currency hereunder. If an overdraft occurs in an Account (including, without limitation, overdrafts incurred in connection with the settlement of securities transactions, funds transfers or foreign exchange transactions) or if a Fund is for any other reason indebted to the Custodian, the Fund agrees to repay the Custodian on demand or upon becoming aware of the amount of the advance, overdraft or indebtedness, plus accrued interest at a rate then charged by the Custodian to its institutional custody clients in the relevant currency.

5.4 Securing Repayment . In order to secure repayment of a Fund’s obligations to the Custodian, the Fund hereby pledges and grants to the Custodian and agrees the Custodian shall have to the maximum extent permitted by law, a continuing first lien and security interest in, and right of setoff against: (a) all of the Fund’s right, title and interest in and to all Accounts in the Fund’s name and the Securities, cash and other property now or hereafter held in such Accounts (including proceeds thereof) and (b) any other property at any time held by the Custodian for the Fund. Each Fund represents, warrants and covenants that it owns the Securities in the Accounts free and clear of all liens, claims and security interests, and that the first lien and security interest granted herein shall be subject to no setoffs, counterclaims or other liens prior to or on a parity with it in favor of any other party (other than specific liens granted preferred status by statute). Each Fund shall take any additional steps required to assure the Custodian of such priority security interest, including notifying third parties or obtaining their consent. The Custodian shall be entitled to collect from the Accounts sufficient cash for reimbursement, and if such cash is insufficient, to sell the Securities in the Accounts to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement. In this regard, the Custodian shall be

10
 

entitled to all the rights and remedies of a pledgee and secured creditor under applicable laws, rules and regulations as then in effect.

5.5 Setoff . The Custodian has the right to debit any cash in the Accounts for any amount payable by a Fund in connection with any and all obligations of the Fund to the Custodian whether or not relating to or arising under this Agreement. In addition to the rights of the Custodian under applicable law and other agreements, at any time when a Fund shall not have honored any and all of its obligations to the Custodian, the Custodian shall have the right without notice to the Fund to retain or set-off against such obligations of the Fund any cash the Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate may directly or indirectly hold for the Fund, and any obligations (whether or not matured) that the Custodian or a BNY Mellon Affiliate may have to the Fund in any currency. Any such asset of, or obligation to, the applicable Fund may be transferred to the Custodian and any BNY Mellon Affiliate in order to effect the above rights.

5.6 Bank Borrowings . If a Fund borrows money from any bank (including the Custodian if the borrowing is pursuant to a separate agreement) for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities held by the Custodian hereunder as collateral for such borrowings, the Fund shall deliver to the Custodian Instructions specifying with respect to each such borrowing: (a) the Series to which such borrowing relates, (b) the name of the bank, (c) the amount of the borrowing, (d) the time and date, if known, on which the loan is to be entered into, (e) the total amount payable to the Fund on the borrowing date, (f) the Securities to be delivered as collateral for such loan, including the name of the issuer, the title and the number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities and (g) a statement specifying whether such loan is for investment purposes or for temporary or emergency purposes and that such loan is in conformance with the ‘40 Act and the Fund’s prospectus. The Custodian shall deliver on the borrowing date specified in Instructions the specified collateral against payment by the lending bank of the total amount of the loan payable, provided that the same conforms to the total amount payable as set forth in the Instructions. The Custodian may, at the option of the lending bank, keep such collateral in its possession, but such collateral shall be subject to all rights therein given the lending bank by virtue of any promissory note or loan agreement. The Custodian shall deliver such Securities as additional collateral as may be specified in Instructions to collateralize further any transaction described in this Section 5.6. The Fund shall cause all Securities released from collateral status to be returned directly to the Custodian, and the Custodian shall receive from time to time such return of collateral as may be tendered to it. In the event that the Fund fails to specify in Instructions the Series, the name of the issuer of the Securities to be delivered as collateral by the Custodian, or the title and number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities to be delivered as collateral by the Custodian, the Custodian shall not be under any obligation to deliver any Securities.

SECTION 6 – SALE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

6.1             Sale of Shares . Whenever a Fund shall sell any shares issued by the Fund (“Shares”) it shall deliver to the Custodian Instructions specifying the amount of cash and/or Securities to be received by the Custodian for the sale of such Shares and specifically allocated to an Account for such Series. Upon receipt of such cash, the Custodian shall credit such cash to an Account in the name of the Series for which such cash was received.

11
 

6.2             Redemption of Shares . Except as provided hereinafter, whenever a Fund desires the Custodian to make payment out of the cash held by the Custodian hereunder in connection with a redemption of any Shares, it shall furnish to the Custodian Instructions specifying the total amount to be paid for such Shares. The Custodian shall make payment of such total amount to the transfer agent specified in such Instructions out of the cash held in an Account of the appropriate Series.

6.3             Check Redemptions . Notwithstanding the above provisions regarding the redemption of any Shares, whenever any Shares are redeemed pursuant to any check redemption privilege which may from time to time be offered by a Fund, the Custodian, unless otherwise instructed by Instructions, shall, upon presentment of such check, charge the amount thereof against the cash held in the Account of the Series of the Shares being redeemed, provided, that if the Fund or its agent timely advises the Custodian that such check is not to be honored, the Custodian shall return such check unpaid.

SECTION 7 – PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

7.1             Determination to Pay . Whenever a Fund shall determine to pay a dividend or distribution on Shares it shall furnish to the Custodian Instructions setting forth with respect to the Series specified therein the date of the declaration of such dividend or distribution, the total amount payable and the payment date.

7.2             Payment . Upon the payment date specified in such Instructions, the Custodian shall pay out of the cash held for the account of such Series the total amount payable to the dividend agent of the Fund specified therein.

SECTION 8 – TAXES, REPORTS AND RECORDS

8.1             Tax Obligations . Each Fund shall be liable for all taxes, assessments, duties and other governmental charges, including interest and penalties, with respect to any cash and Securities held on behalf of the Fund and any transaction related thereto. To the extent that the Custodian has received relevant and necessary information with respect to an Account, the Custodian shall perform the following services with respect to Tax Obligations:

a.                 The Custodian shall, upon receipt of sufficient information, file claims for exemptions or refunds with respect to withheld foreign (non-United States) taxes in instances in which such claims are appropriate;

b.                The Custodian shall withhold appropriate amounts, as required by United States tax laws, with respect to amounts received on behalf of nonresident aliens upon receipt of Instructions; and

c.                 The Custodian shall provide to each Fund such information received by the Custodian (in its capacity as custodian) that could, in the Custodian’s reasonable belief, assist the Fund or its designee in the submission of any reports or returns with respect to Tax Obligations. An Authorized Person shall inform the Custodian in writing as to which party or parties shall receive information from the Custodian.

12
 

8.2             Pricing and Other Data . In providing Market Data related to the Accounts in connection with this Agreement, the Custodian is authorized to use Data Providers. The Custodian may follow Authorized Instructions in providing pricing or other Market Data, even if such instructions direct the Custodian to override its usual procedures and Market Data sources. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely without inquiry on all Market Data (and all Authorized Instructions related to Market Data) provided to it, and the Custodian shall not be liable for any Losses incurred as a result of errors or omissions with respect to any Market Data utilized by the Custodian or each Fund hereunder. The Trust acknowledges that certain pricing or valuation information may be based on calculated amounts rather than actual market transactions and may not reflect actual market values, and that the variance between such calculated amounts and actual market values may be material. The Custodian shall not be required to inquire into the pricing of any Securities or other assets even though the Custodian may receive different prices for the same Securities or assets. Market Data may be the intellectual property of the Data Providers, which may impose additional terms and conditions upon each Fund’s use of the Market Data. The additional terms and conditions can be found in the Data Terms Website. The Fund agrees to those terms as they are posted in the Data Terms Website from time to time. Certain Data Providers may not permit a Fund’s directed price to be used. Performance measurement and analytic services may use different data sources than those used by the Custodian to provide Market Data for an Account, with the result that different prices and other Market Data may apply.

8.3             Statements and Reports . The Custodian shall make available to each Fund a monthly report of all transfers to or from the Accounts and a statement of all holdings in the Accounts as of the last Business Day of each month. Each Fund may elect to receive certain information electronically through the Internet to an email address specified by it for such purpose. By electing to use the Internet for this purpose, each Fund acknowledges that such transmissions are not encrypted and therefore are not secure. Each Fund further acknowledges that there are other risks inherent in communicating through the Internet such as the possibility of virus contamination and disruptions in service, and agrees that the Custodian shall not be responsible for any Losses suffered or incurred by a Fund or any person claiming by or through the Fund as a result of the use of such methods.

8.4             Review of Reports . If, within ninety (90) days after the Custodian makes available to the Trust or any Fund a statement with respect to the Accounts, the Fund has not given the Custodian written notice of any exception or objection thereto, the statement shall be deemed to have been approved, and in such case, the Custodian shall not be liable for any claims concerning such statement.

8.5             Books and Records . The books and records pertaining to each Fund which are in possession of the Custodian shall be the property of the Trust. Such books and records shall be prepared and maintained as required by the ‘40 Act and the rules thereunder. The Trust, or its authorized representatives, shall have access to such books and records during the Custodian’s normal business hours. Upon the reasonable request of the Trust, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by the Custodian to the Trust or its authorized representative. Upon the reasonable request of the Trust, the Custodian shall provide in hard copy or on computer disc any records included in any such delivery which are maintained by the Custodian on a computer disc, or are similarly maintained.

13
 

8.6             Required Disclosure . With respect to Securities issued in the United States, the Shareholder Communications Act of 1985 (the “Act”) requires the Custodian to disclose to issuers, upon their request, the name, address and securities position of the Custodian’s clients who are “beneficial owners” (as defined in the Act) of the issuer’s Securities, unless the beneficial owner objects to such disclosure. The Act defines a “beneficial owner” as any person who has or shares the power to vote a security (pursuant to an agreement or otherwise) or who directs the voting of a security. Each Fund represents that it is the beneficial owner of the Securities. As beneficial owner it has designated below whether it objects to the disclosure of its name, address and securities position to any United States issuer that requests such information pursuant to the Act for the specific purpose of direct communications between such issuer and such Fund.

With respect to Securities issued outside the United States, the Custodian shall disclose information required by law, regulation, rules of a stock exchange or organizational documents of an issuer. The Custodian is also authorized to supply any information regarding the Accounts that is required or requested by governmental or regulatory authorities or by any law, regulation or rules now or hereafter in effect. The Trust agrees to supply the Custodian with any required information if it is not otherwise reasonably available to the Custodian.

Pursuant to this Section 8.6, as Beneficial Owner:

[ ] The Fund objects to disclosure

[ ] The Fund does not object to disclosure

 

IF NO BOX IS CHECKED, THE CUSTODIAN SHALL RELEASE SUCH INFORMATION UNTIL IT RECEIVES A CONTRARY INSTRUCTION FROM THE FUND. ]

 

8.7             Tools . From time to time the Custodian may make available to the Trust and each Fund or its agent(s) certain computer programs, products, services, reports or information (including, without limitation, information obtained by the Custodian from third parties and information reflecting the Custodian’s input, evaluation and interpretation) (collectively, “Tools”). Tools may allow the Trust, the Funds or their agent(s) to perform certain analytic, accounting, compliance, reconciliation and other functions with respect to an Account. By way of example, Tools may assist the Trust, the Funds or their agent(s) in analyzing the performance of investment advisers appointed by the Trust, determining on a post-trade basis whether transactions for an Account comply with each Fund’s investment guidelines, evaluating assets at risk and performing account reconciliations. Tools, as well as practices and processes developed by or for the Custodian in connection with the services provided to the Trust or the Funds, (1) may be used only for each Fund’s internal purposes, and may not be resold, redistributed or otherwise made available to third parties and (2) are the sole and exclusive property of the Custodian (and its suppliers if applicable). Neither the Trust nor the Funds may reverse engineer or decompile any computer programs provided by the Custodian comprising, or provided as a part of, any Tools. Information supplied by third parties may be incorrect or incomplete, and any information, reports, analytics or other services supplied by the Custodian that rely on information from third parties may also be incorrect or incomplete. All Tools are provided “AS IS”, whether or not they are modified to meet specific needs of each Fund and regardless of whether the Custodian is compensated by the Fund for

14
 

providing such Tools. THE CUSTODIAN DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE TOOLS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANYTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY NOTWITHSTANDING, THE CUSTODIAN AND ITS SUPPLIERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS, COST, EXPENSE, DAMAGE, LIABILITY OR CLAIM SUFFERED OR INCURRED BY THE FUND, ITS AGENT(S) OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS A RESULT OF USE OF, INABILITY TO USE OR RELIANCE UPON ANY TOOLS.

SECTION 9 – provisions regarding the Custodian

9.1             Standard of Care . In performing its duties under this Agreement, the Custodian shall exercise the standard of care and diligence that a professional custodian would observe in these affairs.

9.2             Limitation of Duties and Liability . Notwithstanding anything contained elsewhere in this Agreement, the Custodian’s liability hereunder is limited as follows:

a.                 The duties of the Custodian shall only be those specifically undertaken pursuant to this Agreement and shall be subject to such other limits on liability as are set out herein;

b.                The Custodian shall not be liable for any Losses that are not a direct result of the Custodian’s negligence or willful misconduct;

c.                 The Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any Securities or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement or for Securities held hereunder being freely transferable or deliverable without encumbrance in any relevant market;

d.                The Custodian shall not be responsible for the failure to receive payment of, or the late payment of, income or other payments due to an Account;

e.                 The Custodian shall have no duty to take any action to collect any amount payable on Securities in default or if payment is refused after due demand and presentment;

f.                 The Custodian may obtain the advice of counsel and shall be fully protected with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in conformity with such advice;

g.                The Custodian shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire into, make recommendations, supervise or determine the suitability of any transactions affecting any Account and shall have no liability with respect to a Fund’s or an Authorized Person’s decision to invest in Securities or to hold cash in any currency;

h.                The Custodian shall have no responsibility if the rules or procedures imposed by Depositories or Foreign Depositories, exchange controls, asset freezes or other laws, rules, regulations or orders at any time prohibit or impose burdens or costs on the transfer of Securities or cash to, by or for the account of the Funds; and

15
 

i.                  The Custodian shall have no liability for any Losses arising from the insolvency of any Person, including but not limited to a Subcustodian, Depository, Foreign Depository, broker, bank or counterparty to the settlement of a transaction or a foreign exchange transaction, except as provided in Section 2.1(b) and Section 2.2.

9.3             Losses . Under no circumstances shall the Custodian be liable to any of the Funds or any third party for indirect, consequential or special damages, or lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement, even if the Custodian has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

9.4             Gains . Where an error or omission has occurred under this Agreement, the Custodian may take such remedial action as it considers appropriate under the circumstances and, provided that the applicable Fund is put in the same or equivalent position as it would have been in if the error or omission had not occurred, any favorable consequences of the Custodian’s remedial action shall be solely for the account of the Custodian, without any duty to report to the Trust or the Funds any loss assumed or benefit received by it as a result of taking such action.

9.5             Centralized Functions . The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation is a global financial organization that provides services to clients through its affiliates and subsidiaries in multiple jurisdictions (the “BNY Mellon Group”). The BNY Mellon Group may centralize functions including audit, accounting, risk, legal, compliance, sales, administration, product communication, relationship management, storage, compilation and analysis of customer-related data, and other functions (the “Centralized Functions”) in one or more affiliates, subsidiaries and third-party service providers. Solely in connection with the Centralized Functions, (i) the Fund consents to the disclosure of and authorizes the Custodian to disclose information regarding the Fund and the Accounts (“Customer-Related Data”) to the BNY Mellon Group and to its third-party service providers who are subject to confidentiality obligations with respect to such information and (ii) the Custodian may store the names and business contact information of the Fund’s employees and representatives on the systems or in the records of the BNY Mellon Group or its service providers. The BNY Mellon Group may aggregate Customer-Related Data with other data collected and/or calculated by the BNY Mellon Group, and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary the BNY Mellon Group will own all such aggregated data, provided that the BNY Mellon Group shall not distribute the aggregated data in a format that identifies Customer-Related Data with the Fund. The Fund confirms that it is authorized to consent to the foregoing and that the disclosure and storage of information in connection with the Centralized Functions does not violate any relevant data protection legislation.

9.6 Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Custodian shall not be responsible or liable for any failure to perform under this Agreement or for any Losses to any Account resulting from any event beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian.

9.7 Fees . Each Fund shall pay to the Custodian the fees and charges as may be specifically agreed upon from time to time and such other fees and charges at the Custodian’s standard rates for such services as may be applicable. Each Fund shall also reimburse the Custodian for out-of-pocket expenses that are a normal incident of the services provided hereunder.

16
 

9.8 Indemnification . The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian from and against all Losses, including reasonable counsel fees and expenses in third party suits and in a successful defense of claims asserted by the Trust or a Fund, relating to or arising out of the performance of the Custodian’s obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent resulting from the Custodian’s negligence or willful misconduct. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 10 – aMENDMENT; TERMINATION; ASSIGNMENT

10.1          Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only by written agreement between the Trust and the Custodian.

10.2          Termination . Either the Trust or the Custodian may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than ninety (90) days after the date of such notice. Upon termination hereof, each Fund shall pay to the Custodian such compensation as may be due to the Custodian, and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for other amounts payable or reimbursable to the Custodian hereunder. The Custodian shall follow such reasonable Instructions concerning the transfer of custody of records, Securities and other items as the Trust and/or each Fund shall give; provided that (a) the Custodian shall have no liability for shipping and insurance costs associated therewith and (b) full payment shall have been made to the Custodian of its compensation, costs, expenses and other amounts to which it is entitled hereunder. If any Securities or cash remain in any Account after termination, the Custodian may deliver to the applicable Fund such Securities and cash. Provisions authorizing the disclosure of information shall survive termination of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, all obligations of the parties to each other hereunder shall cease upon termination of this Agreement.

10.3          Successors and Assigns . Neither the Trust nor the Custodian may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, except that the Custodian may assign this Agreement to any BNY Mellon Affiliate without the need for such consent. Any entity that shall by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise succeed to substantially all the institutional custody business of the Custodian shall, upon such succession and without any appointment or other action by the Fund, be and become successor custodian hereunder. The Custodian agrees to provide notice of such successor custodian to the Trust. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Trust and the Custodian and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

SECTION 11 – aDDITIONAL PROVISIONS

11.1          Non-Custody Assets . As an accommodation to the Trust and each Fund, the Custodian may provide consolidated recordkeeping services pursuant to which the Custodian reflects on statements securities and other assets not held by, or under the control of, the Custodian (“Non-Custody Assets”). Non-Custody Assets shall be designated on the Custodian’s books as “shares not held” or by other similar characterization. The Trust acknowledges and agrees that it shall have no security entitlement against the Custodian with respect to any Funds’ Non-Custody Assets, that the Custodian shall rely, without independent verification, on information provided by

17
 

the Trust or a Fund, their designee or the entity having custody regarding Non-Custody Assets (including but not limited to positions and market valuations), and that the Custodian shall have no responsibility whatsoever with respect to Non-Custody Assets or the accuracy of any information maintained on the Custodian’s books or set forth on account statements concerning Non-Custody Assets.

11.2          Appropriate Action . The Custodian is hereby authorized and empowered, in its sole discretion, to take any action with respect to an Account that it deems necessary or appropriate in carrying out the purposes of this Agreement.

11.3          Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the substantive laws of the state of New York without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. The parties consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute hereunder. The Trust irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to venue in such court and any claim that a proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The parties hereby expressly waive, to the full extent permitted by applicable law, any right to trial by jury with respect to any judicial proceeding arising from or related to this Agreement. The parties agree that the establishment and maintenance of the Accounts, and all interests, duties and obligations with respect thereto, shall be governed by the laws of the state of New York.

11.4          Representations . Each party represents and warrants to the other party that it has full authority to enter into this Agreement upon the terms and conditions hereof and that the individual executing this Agreement on its behalf has the requisite authority to bind such party to this Agreement, and that the Agreement constitutes a binding obligation of such party enforceable in accordance with its terms.

11.5          USA PATRIOT Act . The Trust hereby acknowledges that the Custodian is subject to federal laws, including the Customer Identification Program (“CIP”) requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, pursuant to which the Custodian must obtain, verify and record information that allows the Custodian to identify a Fund. Accordingly, prior to opening an Account hereunder, the Custodian will ask each Fund to provide certain information including, but not limited to, the Fund’s name, physical address, tax identification number and other information that will help the Custodian to identify and verify the Fund’s identity, such as organizational documents, certificate of good standing, license to do business or other pertinent identifying information. The Trust agrees that the Custodian cannot open an Account hereunder unless and until the Custodian verifies the applicable Fund’s identity in accordance with the Custodian’s CIP.

11.6          Non-Fiduciary Status . The Trust hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Custodian is not a fiduciary by virtue of accepting and carrying out its obligations under this Agreement and has not accepted any fiduciary duties, responsibilities or liabilities with respect to its services hereunder.

18
 

11.7          Notices . Notices shall be in writing and shall be addressed to the Custodian or the Trust at the address set forth on the signature page or such other address as either party may designate in writing to the other party. All notices shall be effective upon receipt.

11.8          Entire Agreement . This Agreement and any related fee agreement constitute the entire agreement with respect to the matters dealt with herein, and supersede all previous agreements, whether oral or written, and documents with respect to such matters.

11.9          Necessary Parties . All of the understandings, agreements, representations and warranties contained herein are solely for the benefit of the Fund and the Custodian, and there are no other parties who are intended to be benefited by this Agreement.

11.10      Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and said counterparts when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument and may be sufficiently evidenced by one set of counterparts.

11.11      Captions . The captions of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

19
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the latest date set forth below.

 

Authorized Signer of: Authorized Officer of:
TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
   
By: /s/ Andrew Rogers______ ____

By: /s/ William Blatchford_______

Name: Andrew Rogers____________

Name: William Blatchford_________

Title: President_________________

Title: Managing Director__________

Date: 8/5/2015__________________

Date: August 10, 2015 ____________

   

 

 

 

 

Address for Notice:

Address for Notice:

Two Roads Shared Trust

c/o Gemini Fund Services, LLC

80 Arkay Drive, Suite 110

Hauppauge, NY 11788

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

c/o BNY Mellon Asset Servicing

66 Broadway

Lynnfield, MA 01940

Attention:  Richard Malinowski Attention:  William J. Greilich

 

 

20
 

SCHEDULE I

 

Fund Effective Date
Hanlon Managed Income Fund August 12, 2015
Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund August 12, 2015
   

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES LIMITATION AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS OPERATING EXPENSES LIMITATION AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is effective as of the 20 th day of April, 2015, by and between TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), on behalf of the series listed on Appendix A hereto (each a “Fund” and together, the “Funds”), and the Adviser to the Fund, HANLON INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC. (“Hanlon” or the “Adviser”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS , Hanlon renders advice and services to the Funds pursuant to the terms and provisions of an Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and Hanlon dated as of the 20 th day of April, 2015 (the “Advisory Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , the Funds are responsible for, and has assumed the obligation for, payment of certain expenses pursuant to the Advisory Agreement that have not been assumed by Hanlon; and

WHEREAS , the Adviser desires to limit the Funds Operating Expenses (as that term is defined in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement) pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and the Trust (on behalf of the Funds) desires to allow the Adviser to implement those limits; and

WHEREAS , as a condition to the continuation of its contractual relationships with the Adviser, the Trust has required that the Adviser grant to the Trust a continuing security interest in and to a designated account of the Adviser established with Gemini Fund Services, LLC, Transfer Agent to the Fund, or its successor and assigns (the “Securities Intermediary”), for so long the Funds’ assets remain below $10 million;

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the covenants and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, mutually agree as follows:

1.                Limit on Operating Expenses . The Adviser hereby, jointly and severally, agrees to limit each of the Funds current Operating Expenses to an annual rate, expressed as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets for the month, to the amounts listed in Appendix A (the “Annual Limit”). In the event that the current Operating Expenses of the Fund, as accrued each month, exceed its Annual Limit, the Adviser will pay to the Funds, on a monthly basis, the excess expense within the first ten days of the month following the month in which such Operating Expenses were incurred (each payment, a “Fund Reimbursement Payment”).

2.                Definition . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Operating Expenses” with respect to the Funds are defined to include all expenses necessary or appropriate for the operation of the Funds and including Hanlon’s investment advisory or management fee detailed in the Advisory Agreement, any Rule 12b-l fees and/or shareholder services fees and other expenses described in the Advisory Agreement, but does not include: (i) any front-end or contingent deferred loads; (ii) brokerage fees and commissions, (iii) acquired fund fees and expenses; (iii) borrowing costs (such as interest and dividend expense on securities sold short); (iv) taxes; and (v) extraordinary expenses, such as litigation expenses (which may include indemnification of Fund officers and Trustees, contractual indemnification of Fund service providers (other than the Adviser)).

 
 

3.                Reimbursement of Fees and Expenses . The Adviser retains its right to receive in future years on a rolling three year basis, reimbursement from the Funds of any Fund Reimbursement Payments paid by such Adviser pursuant to this Agreement, if such reimbursement can be achieved within the Operating Expense Limitations listed in Appendix A.

4.                Collateral Account and Security Interest . At any time when each of the Funds’ assets are below $10 million, the Adviser, for value received, hereby pledges, assigns, sets over and grants to the Trust a continuing security interest in and to an account to be established and maintained by the Adviser with the Securities Intermediary and designated as a collateral account (the “Collateral Account”), including any replacement account established with any successor, together with all dividends, interest, stock-splits, distributions, profits and all cash and non-cash proceeds thereof and any and all other rights as may now or hereafter derive or accrue therefrom (collectively, the “Collateral”) to secure the payment of any required Fund Reimbursement Payment or Liquidation Expenses (as defined in Paragraph 5 of this Agreement). For so long as this Agreement is in effect, any transfers or conveyances of Collateral to any party shall require the approval of the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”), except as specified in Section 7(a)(ii) of this Agreement, below. In addition, the Trust will not issue entitlement orders, redeem or otherwise take any action with respect to the Collateral or Collateral Account unless a Collateral Event (defined below under Section 5 of this Agreement) has occurred or is continuing.

5.                Collateral Event . In the event that either (a) the Adviser does not make the Fund Reimbursement Payment due in connection with a particular calendar month by the tenth day of the following calendar month or (b) the Board enacts a resolution calling for the liquidation of the Fund (either (a) or (b), a “Collateral Event”), then, in either event, the Board shall have absolute discretion to redeem any shares or other Collateral held in the Collateral Account and utilize the proceeds from such redemptions or such other Collateral to make any required Fund Reimbursement Payment, or to cover any costs or expenses which the Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, reasonably estimates will be required in connection with the liquidation of the Fund (the “Liquidation Expenses”). Pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 6 of this Agreement, upon authorization from the Board, but subject to the provisions of the Control Agreement (defined below under Section 6), no further instructions shall be required from the Adviser for the Securities Intermediary to transfer any Collateral from the Collateral Account to the Funds. The Adviser acknowledges that in the event the Collateral available in the Collateral Account is insufficient to cover the full cost of any Fund Reimbursement Payment or Liquidation Expenses, the Funds shall retain the right to receive from the Adviser any costs in excess of the value of the Collateral.

6.                Control Agreement; Appointment of Attorney-in-Fact . The Adviser agrees to execute and deliver to the Board, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board, a Control Agreement by, between and among the Trust, the Adviser and the Securities Intermediary (the “Control Agreement”) pursuant to and consistent with Section 8-106(c) of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, which shall terminate when the Collateral Account is no longer required under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, for so long as the Collateral Account is required under the Agreement, the Adviser hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Trust, through any officer thereof, with full power of substitution, as the Adviser’s true and lawful Attorney-in-Fact, with full irrevocable power and authority in place and stead of the Adviser and in the name of the Adviser or in the Trust's own name, from time to time, for the purpose of carrying out the

 
 

terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate actions and to execute and deliver any and all documents and instruments which the Board deems necessary to accomplish the purpose of this Agreement, which power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trust shall have the right and power following any Collateral Event to receive, endorse and collect all checks and other orders for the payment of money made payable to the Adviser representing any interest payment, dividend, or other distribution payable in respect of or to the Collateral, or any part thereof, and to give full discharge for the same. So long as a Collateral Event has occurred and is continuing, the Board, in its discretion, may direct the Adviser or the Adviser’s agent to transfer the Collateral in certificated or uncertificated form into the name and account of the Trust or its designee.

7.                Covenants . So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, the Adviser represents and covenants as follows:

(a)              No later than 120 days after the Fund becomes operational, the Adviser shall invest at least $30,000 in the Collateral Account, unless the Fund’s assets have reached $10 million by that time (in which case no Collateral Account is required until Fund assets fall below $10 million for more than 30 days). Once the Collateral Account is established: (i) the Adviser will maintain at least $30,000 in said account, such that additional amounts will be deposited by the Adviser where the Fund outflows or negative Fund performance reduce the Collateral Account below $30,000 for a period of more than thirty days; (ii) when each of the Funds reaches $10 million or more in net assets, the Adviser may withdraw all assets from said account, less the minimum amount required to maintain the account open; and (iii) the Adviser hereby agrees to deposit and maintain $30,000 in the Collateral Account within 30 days of the Funds’ assets falling below $10 million, where assets have not risen above $10 million at the end of that 30-day period. The Collateral Account may be closed completely, and any Collateral in the Collateral Account distributed to the Adviser, upon the Fund assets reaching $20 million.

(b)             To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Adviser agrees not to challenge any action taken by the Board or the Trust in executing the terms of this Agreement; provided that the action does not constitute willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties of the Board under this Agreement, the Advisory Agreement, or to Funds shareholders.

(c)              The Trust will not issue entitlement orders, redeem or otherwise take any action with respect to the Collateral or Collateral Account unless a Collateral Event (defined above under Section 5 of this Agreement) has occurred or is continuing.

8.                Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the date first above written and shall remain in effect until December 1, 2016, unless sooner terminated as provided in Paragraph 9 of this Agreement. Upon mutual written consent of Hanlon and the Trust, the Agreement shall continue in effect for successive twelve-month periods provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust.

9.                Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time, and without payment of any penalty, by the Board, on behalf of the Funds, upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to Hanlon. This Agreement may not be terminated by Hanlon without the consent of the Board

 
 

and the other party. This Agreement and the Control Agreement will automatically terminate, with respect to the Funds listed in Appendix A, if the Advisory Agreement for the Funds is terminated and the Funds continue to operate under the management of a new investment adviser, with such termination effective upon the effective date of the Advisory Agreement’s termination for the Funds.

10.             Assignment . This Agreement and all rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned without the written consent of the other party.

11.             Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute or rule, or shall be otherwise rendered invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

12.             Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to preempt, or to be inconsistent with, any federal law, regulation or rule, including the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(Signature Page follows)

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and attested by their duly authorized officers, all on the day and year first above written.

 

TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST,

On behalf of the Funds included on Appendix A hereto

 

 

By: /s/ Andrew Rogers

Name: Andrew Rogers

Title: President

 

 

 

 

HANLON INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

 

By: /s/ Thomas Ericson___________

Name: Thomas Ericson

Title: Chief Compliance Officer and General Counsel

 
 

Appendix A

Fund Operating Expense Limit
HANLON MANAGED INCOME FUND  
Class A 1.70 %
Class C 2.45 %
Class I 1.45 %
Class R 1.95%

 

HANLON TACTICAL DIVIDEND AND MOMENTUM FUND  
Class A 1.70 %
Class C 2.45 %
Class I 1.45 %
Class R 1.95%

 

 

DECHERT_STALOGO_BLACKSM2

2010 Main Street
Suite 500
Irvine, CA 92614-7269

+1 949 442 6000 Main

+1 949 442 6010 Fax

www.dechert.com

 

 

 

 

August 12, 2015

 

Two Roads Shared Trust

17605 Wright Street

Omaha, Nebraska  68130

 

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This opinion is given in connection with the filing by Two Roads Shared Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), of Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A (“Registration Statement”) under the Securities Act of 1933 (“1933 Act”) and Amendment No. 70 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) relating to an indefinite amount of shares of beneficial interest of the Hanlon Managed Income Fund and Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund, each a series of the Trust (the “Funds”). The shares of beneficial interest of the Funds are hereinafter referred to as the “Shares.”

 

We have examined the following Trust documents: (1) the Trust’s Declaration of Trust; (2) the Trust’s By-Laws; (3) the Funds’ registration statement filing made with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”); (4) pertinent provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware; and (5) such other Trust records, certificates, documents and statutes that we have deemed relevant in order to render the opinions expressed herein.

 

Based on such examination, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. The Trust is a statutory trust duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; and

 

2. The Shares to be offered for sale by the Trust, when issued in the manner contemplated by the Registration Statement, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

This letter expresses our opinion as to the Delaware statutory trust law governing matters such as the due organization of the Trust and the authorization and issuance of the Shares, but does not extend to the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the State of Delaware or to federal securities or other laws.

 

The opinions expressed herein are solely for your benefit and may not be relied on in any manner or for any purpose by any other person. We express no opinion as to any other matter other than as expressly set forth above and no other opinion is intended or may be inferred herefrom. The opinions expressed herein are given as of the date hereof and we undertake no obligation and hereby disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change after the date of this opinion pertaining to any matter referred to herein.

 

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to Dechert LLP as counsel to the Registrant in the Funds’ Registration Statement and in any revised or amended versions thereof, until such time as we revoke such consent. In giving such consent, however, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Dechert LLP

Dechert LLP

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and appoints each of Andrew Rogers, Richard Malinowski and James Ash his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution for his in his name, place and stead, to sign any and all Registration Statements applicable to Two Roads Shared Trust Funds and any amendments or supplements thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the states, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

 

Signature

  Title

  Date
     

/s/ Neil Kaufman_____

Trustee

July 10, 2015

Neil Kaufman

   

 

 
 

 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and appoints each of Andrew Rogers, Richard Malinowski and James Ash his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution for his in his name, place and stead, to sign any and all Registration Statements applicable to Two Roads Shared Trust Funds and any amendments or supplements thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the states, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

 

Signature

  Title

  Date
     

/s/ Anita Krug________

Trustee

July 10, 2015

Anita Krug

   
 
 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and appoints each of Andrew Rogers, Richard Malinowski and James Ash his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution for his in his name, place and stead, to sign any and all Registration Statements applicable to Two Roads Shared Trust Funds and any amendments or supplements thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the states, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

 

Signature

  Title

  Date
     

/s/ Mark Garbin_________

Trustee

July 10, 2015

Mark Garbin

   

 

 

 
 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned constitutes and appoints each of Andrew Rogers, Richard Malinowski and James Ash his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution for his in his name, place and stead, to sign any and all Registration Statements applicable to Two Roads Shared Trust Funds and any amendments or supplements thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the states, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

 

Signature

  Title

  Date
     
/s/ Mark Gersten________ Trustee

July 10, 2015

Mark Gersten

   

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST

 

C LASS A

M ASTER D ISTRIBUTION AND S HAREHOLDER S ERVICING P LAN

 

As Amended: April 20, 2015

 

 

Fund Name Distribution Fee Rate Shareholder Servicing Fee Rate
Modern Technology Fund 0.25% 0.00%
LJM Preservation and Growth Fund 0.25% 0.00%
Anfield Universal Fixed Income Fund 0.25% 0.00%
Superfund Managed Futures Strategy Fund 0.25% 0.00%
West Shore Real Return Income Fund 0.25% 0.15%
Larkin Point Equity Preservation Fund 0.25% 0.00%
Conductor Global Fund 0.25% 0.00%
Breithorn Long/Short Fund 0.25% 0.00%
Fortunatus Protactical New Opportunity Fund 0.25% 0.00%
Affinity Small Cap Fund 0.25% 0.00%
Hanlon Managed Income Fund 0.25% 0.00%
Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund 0.25% 0.00%

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST

 

C LASS C

M ASTER D ISTRIBUTION AND S HAREHOLDER S ERVICING P LAN

 

As Amended: April 20, 2015

 

Fund Name Distribution Fee Rate Servicing Fee Rate
Modern Technology Fund 0.75% 0.25%
LJM Preservation and Growth Fund 0.75% 0.25%
Anfield Universal Fixed Income Fund 0.75% 0.25%
Superfund Managed Futures Strategy Fund 0.75% 0.25%
West Shore Real Return Income Fund 0.75% 0.25%
Larkin Point Equity Preservation Fund 0.75% 0.25%
Conductor Global Fund 0.75% 0.25%
Fortunatus Protactical Small Cap Index Fund 0.75% 0.25%
Affinity Small Cap Fund 0.75% 0.25%
Hanlon Managed Income Fund 0.75% 0.25%
Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund 0.75% 0.25%

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

TWO ROADS SHARED TRUST

 

CLASS R

M ASTER D ISTRIBUTION AND S HAREHOLDER S ERVICING P LAN

 

As Amended: April 20, 2015

 

Fund Name Distribution Fee Rate Shareholder Servicing Fee Rate
Modern Technology Fund (f/k/a Belvedere Alternative Income Fund) 0.25% 0.25%
Anfield Universal Fixed Income Fund 0.25% 0.25%
West Shore Real Return Income Fund 0.25% 0.25%
Larkin Point Equity Preservation Fund 0.25% 0.25%
Affinity Small Cap Fund 0.25% 0.25%
Hanlon Managed Income Fund 0.25% 0.25%
Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund 0.25% 0.25%

 

 

APPENDIX A

 

Funds and Classes as of: April 20, 2015

 

Fund Classes
Modern Technology Fund

Class A

Class C

Class I

Class R

 

LJM Preservation and Growth Fund

Class A

Class C

Class I

 

Anfield Universal Fixed income Fund

Class A

Class A1

Class C

Class I

Class R

 

Superfund Managed Futures Strategy Fund

Class A

Class C

Class I

 

West Shore Real Return Income Fund

 

Class A

Class C

Class I

Class R

 

Larkin Point Equity Preservation Fund

 

Class A

Class C

Class I

Class R

 

Redwood Managed Volatility Fund

Class I

Class N

Class Y

 

Conductor Global Fund

Class A

Class C

Class I

 

Redwood Managed Volatility Portfolio

Class I

Class N

 

Breithorn Long/Short Fund

Class A

Class I

 

Fortunatus Protactical Small Cap Equity Fund

Class A

Class C

Class I

 

 
 

 

Affinity Small Cap Fund

Class A

Class C

Class I

 

Hanlon Managed Income Fund

Class A

Class C

Class I

Class R

 

Hanlon Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund

Class A

Class C

Class I

Class R

 

 

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

INTRODUCTION

 

The Firm has adopted this code of ethics (the “Code” or “Code of Ethics”) in compliance with Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act in order to specify the standard of conduct expected of its Associated Persons. The Firm will describe its code of ethics to clients in writing and, upon request, furnish clients with a copy of the code of ethics.

 

All Associated Persons of the Firm must comply with applicable federal securities laws. In particular, it is unlawful for the Firm and any Associated Person, by use of the mail or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce, directly or indirectly:

· To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any client or prospective client of the Firm;
· To engage in any transaction, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any client or prospective client of the Firm; or
· To engage in any fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative practice.

 

In adopting this Code, the Firm recognizes that it, and its affiliated persons owe a fiduciary duty to the Firm’s client accounts and must (1) at all times place the interests of Firm clients first; (2) conduct personal securities transactions in a manner consistent with this Code and avoid any abuse of a position of trust and responsibility; and (3) adhere to the fundamental standard that Associated Persons should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions. In addition, the Firm and its Associated Persons must comply with all applicable federal securities laws, which shall generally be explained in the Firm’s Compliance Manual. The firm will also comply with any other obligations requested by a Fund client under that Fund client’s Code of Ethics, pursuant to the requirements of 17j-1. Associated Persons must report any violations of the Code of Ethics to the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Access Person ” means any supervised person of the Firm:

· Who has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities;
· Who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic;
· Because the Firm’s primary business is providing investment advice, all of the Firm’s directors, officers and partners are presumed to be access persons; or
· Such other persons as the Chief Compliance Officer shall designate.

 

Acquisition ” or “ Acquire ” includes any purchase and the receipt of any gift or bequest of any Reportable Security.

 

Affiliate Account ” means, as to any Associated Person, an Account:

· Of any Family Member of the Access Person;
· For which the Access Person acts as a custodian, trustee or other fiduciary;
· Of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, company or other entity which is neither subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
 
 

 

Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”) nor registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Company Act”) and in which the Access Person or a Family Member has a direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership; and

· Of any Access Person of the Firm.

 

Associated Person ” of the Firm means any Access Person, and any employees, including independent contractors who perform advisory functions on behalf of the Firm.

 

Automatic investment plan ” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

Beneficial Ownership ” means a direct or indirect “pecuniary interest” (as defined in 16a- 1(a)(2) under the 1934 Act that is held or shared by a person directly or indirectly (through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise) in a Security. This term generally means the opportunity directly or indirectly to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in a Security. An Access Person is presumed to have Beneficial Ownership of any Family Member’s account.

 

Client Account ” means any account for which the Firm provides services, including investment advice and investment decisions.

 

Control ” has the same meaning as in section 2(a)(9) of the Company Act. Section 2(a)(9) defines “Control” as the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless this power is solely the result of an official position with the company.

 

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” includes any sale and the making of any personal or charitable gift of Reportable Securities.

 

Family Member ” of an Access Person means:

· That person’s spouse or minor child who resides in the same household;
· Any adult related by blood, marriage or adoption to the Access Person (a “relative”) who shares the Access Person’s household;
· Any relative dependent on the Access Person for financial support; and
· Any other relationship (whether or not recognized by law) which the Chief Compliance Officer determines could lead to the possible conflicts of interest or appearances of impropriety this Code is intended to prevent.

 

Initial Public Offering ” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

Limited Offering ” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act pursuant to section 4(2) or section 4(6) of the 1933 Act or rule 504, 505 or 506 under the 1933 Act.

 
 

 

Material Non-Public Information

Information is generally deemed “material” if a reasonable investor would consider it important in deciding whether to purchase or sell a company’s securities or information that is reasonably certain to affect the market price of the company's securities, regardless of whether the information is directly related to the company’s business.

Information is considered “nonpublic” when it has not been effectively disseminated to the marketplace. Information found in reports filed with the Commission or appearing in publications of general circulation would be considered public information.

 

Purchase or sale of a Security ” includes, among other things, transactions in options to purchase or sell a Security.

 

Reportable Security ” means a Security as defined in the Code, but does not include:

· Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;
· Money market instruments, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and other high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;
· Shares issued by money market funds;
· Shares issued by other mutual funds; and
· Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds.

 

Restricted Security ” means any Security on the Firm’s Restricted Security List. In general, this list will include securities of public companies which are client’s of the Firm, or whose senior management are clients of the Firm.

 

Security ” means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral- trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a "security", or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guaranty of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any of the foregoing.

 

PROHIBITED PURCHASES, SALES AND PRACTICES

 

Timing of Personal Transactions

 

No Associated Person (including all Access Persons) may purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Security in which the Associated Person or an Affiliate Account has, or by reason of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership if the Associated Person knows or reasonably should know that the Security, at the time of the purchase or sale (i) is being considered for purchase or sale on behalf of any Client Account; or (ii) is being actively purchased or sold on behalf any Client Account.

 
 

 

If the Firm is purchasing/selling or considering for purchase/sale any Security on behalf of a Client Account, no Associated Person may effect a transaction in that Security prior to the client purchase/sale having been completed by the Firm, or until a decision has been made not to purchase/sell the Security on behalf of the Client Account.

 

Improper Use of Information

 

No Access Person may use his or her knowledge about the securities transactions or holdings of a Client Account in trading for any account that is directly or indirectly beneficially owned by the Access Person or for any Affiliate Account. Any investment ideas developed by an Access Person must be made available to Client Accounts before the Access Person may engage in personal transactions or transactions for an Affiliate Account based on these ideas.

 

No Associated Person (including all Access Persons):

· while aware of material nonpublic information about a company, may purchase or sell securities of that company until the information becomes publicly disseminated and the market has had an opportunity to react;
· shall disclose material nonpublic information about a company to any person except for lawful purposes; or
· may purchase any Restricted Securities, found on the Restricted Securities List attached as Exhibit H , as for as long as the publicly traded company (or any member of its senior management) is a client of the Firm, unless expressly approved in advance by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Initial Public Offerings

 

No Access Person may acquire any securities in an Initial Public Offering without first obtaining pre-clearance and approval from the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Limited Offerings

 

No Access Person may acquire any securities in a Limited Offering without first obtaining pre- clearance and approval from the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

RESTRICTED SECURITIES POLICY

 

The Chief Compliance Officer shall generally rely upon the following factors when determining whether to approve such transactions:

· The Firm will specifically require a duly authorized signatory of the publicly traded company or the director or senior manager of the company that is a client of the Firm to sign an acknowledgement that no material non-public information has been or will be made available to the Firm. In addition, any director or senior manager must acknowledge adherence to any internal restrictions placed upon his or her trading by the publicly traded company as well as compliance with all relevant rules and regulations.
· If any information deemed to be material non-public information comes into the Firm’s possession, the Chief Compliance Officer will deny all requests for trading in the Restricted Security, to which such information is pertains, until such time that it is determined that the information is generally available to the public.
· The Chief Compliance Officer will create and maintain a log to record all approved transactions of Restricted Securities and include any appropriate notes regarding the transaction as well as the basis for approval of the transaction.
 
 

 

REPORTING

 

An Access Person must submit to the Chief Compliance Officer, on forms designated by the Chief Compliance Officer, the following reports as to all Reportable Securities holdings and brokerage accounts in which the Access Person has, or by reason of a transaction, acquires, Beneficial Ownership:

 

Initial Holdings Reports

 

Not later than 10 days after an Access Person becomes an Access Person, a Certification and Holdings Report as may be prescribed by the Chief Compliance Officer with the following information which must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person:

· The title, type of security, and as applicable the exchange ticker or CUSIP number, number of shares and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership;
· The name of any broker, dealer or bank in which the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities (including but not limited to Reportable Securities) are held for the Access Person’s direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership; and
· The date the report is being submitted by the Access Person.

 

Quarterly Reportable Securities Transaction Reports

 

Not later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, a Transactions Report as may be prescribed by the Chief Compliance Officer for any transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, gift or any other type of Acquisition or Disposition) during the calendar quarter of a Reportable Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership including:

· The date of the transaction, the title, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number (if applicable), the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Reportable Security;
· The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, gift or any other type of Acquisition or Disposition):
· The price of the Reportable Security at which the transaction was effected;
· The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and
· The date the report is being submitted by the Access Person.

 

Annual Holdings Reports

 

At least once each twelve (12) month period by a date specified by the Chief Compliance Officer, a Certification and Holdings Report as may be prescribed by the Chief Compliance Officer with the following information which must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the report is submitted:

· The title, type of security, and as applicable the exchange ticker or CUSIP number, number of shares and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership;
· The name of any broker, dealer or bank in which the Access Person maintains an account in which securities (including but not limited to Reportable Securities) are held for the Access Person’s direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership; and
· The date the report is being submitted by the Access Person.
 
 

 

Exceptions From Reporting Requirements

 

An Access Person need not submit:

· Any reports with respect to Securities held in accounts over which the Access Person had no direct or indirect influence or control;
· A transaction report with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan;
· A transaction report if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements that the Firm holds in its records so long as the Firm receives the confirmations or statements no later than 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which the transaction takes place.

 

Disclaimer of Beneficial Ownership

 

Any report submitted by an Access Person in accordance with this Code may contain a statement that the report will not be construed as an admission by that person that he or she has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in any Security or brokerage account to which the report relates. The existence of any report will not, by itself, be construed as an admission that any event included in the report is a violation of this code.

 

Annual Certification of Compliance

 

Each Access Person must submit annually, a Certification and Holdings Report as set forth in a manner prescribed by the Chief Compliance Officerby a date specified by the Chief Compliance Officer, that the Access Person:

· Has received, read and understand this Code and recognizes that the Access Person is subject to the Code;
· Has complied with all the requirements of this Code; and
· Has disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions, holdings and accounts required by this Code to be disclosed or reported.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

No Access Person, except in the course of his or her duties, may reveal to any other person any information about securities transactions being considered for, recommended to, or executed on behalf of a Client Account. In addition, no Associated Person may use confidential information for their own benefit or disclose such confidential information to any third party, except as such disclosure or use may be required in connection with their employment or as may be consented to in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer. These provisions shall continue in full force and effect after termination of the Associated Persons relationship with the Firm, regardless of the reason for such termination.

 

Confidentiality of Information in Access Persons’ Reports

 

All information obtained from any Access Person under this Code normally will be kept in strict confidence by the Firm. However, reports of transactions and other information obtained under this Code may be made available to the Commission, any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization or any other civil or criminal authority or court to the extent required by law or regulation or to the extent considered appropriate by management of the Firm. Furthermore, in the event of violations or apparent violations of the Code information may be made available to

 
 

 

appropriate management and supervisory personnel of the Firm, to any legal counsel to the above persons and to the appropriate persons associated with a Client Account affected by the violation.

 

SANCTIONS

 

Upon determining that an Access Person has violated this Code of Ethics, the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee, may impose such sanctions as he or she deems appropriate. These include, but are not limited to, a letter of censure, disgorgement of profits obtained in connection with a violation, the imposition of fines, restrictions on future personal trading, termination of the Access Person’s position or relationship with the Firm or referral to civil or criminal authorities.

 

DUTIES OF THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER

 

Identifying and Notifying Access Persons

 

The Chief Compliance Officer will identify each Access Person and notify each Access Person that the person is subject to this Code, including the reporting requirements.

 

Providing Information to Access Persons

 

The Chief Compliance Officer will provide advice, with the assistance of counsel, about the interpretation of this Code.

 

Revising the Restricted Securities List

 

The Chief Compliance Officer shall ensure that the Restricted Securities List is updated as necessary.

 

Reviewing Reports

 

The Chief Compliance Officer will review the reports submitted by each Access Person to determine whether there may have been any transactions prohibited by this Code.

 

Maintaining Records

 

In its books and records, the Firm shall maintain all documents related to the Code including:

· A copy of the Code of Ethics adopted and implemented and any other Code of Ethics that has been in effect at any time within the past five years;
· A record of any violation of the Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation;
· A record of all written acknowledgments for each person who is currently, or within the past five years was, an Associated Person of the Firm;
· A record of each Access Person report described in the Code;
· A record of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past five years were, Access Persons; and
· A record of any decision and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of beneficial ownership in any security in an initial public offering or limited offering, for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval was granted.
 
 

 

Compliance and Review of the Chief Compliance Officer

 

The Chief Compliance Officer must comply with the Code of Ethics, including obtaining pre- clearance for certain activities and submitting any required forms and/or reports. The Chief Executive Officer or his or her designee shall be responsible for all of the duties otherwise performed by the Chief Compliance Officer with regard to ensuring the compliance of the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

FUND CODES OF ETHICS

 

The Firm shall also be required to comply with the Code of Ethics adopted by each Fund Client. Each Fund Client’s Code of Ethics shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 
 

 

Exhibits

 

EXHIBIT A: CODE OF ETHICS CERTIFICATION AND HOLDINGS REPORT

 

May be provided electronically in a manner prescribed by the Chief Compliance Officer

 

Hanlon Investment Management (the “Firm”) maintains a Code of Ethics and corresponding policies and procedures. By your signature below, you hereby confirm your acknowledgment of, and agreement and obligation to abide by, the Firm’s Code of Ethics and corresponding policies and procedures. You further understand that your failure to comply with the Code of Ethics and corresponding policies and procedures is subject to disciplinary action including possible termination.

 

In accordance with the Firm’s Code of Ethics Access Persons must provide account statements of all accounts containing securities (including but not limited to Reportable Securities) in which you had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership so long as such statements are dated within forty-five (45) days prior to the submission of this report: Alternatively, you may attach a report containing:

· The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which you had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership; and
· The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom an account is maintained containing securities (including but not limited to Reportable Securities) in which you had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership.

 

This Certification and Holdings Report must be returned to the Compliance Department, with all applicable documents, no later than (due date).

 

I don’t have any holdings to report.

 

My annual holdings are attached.

 

 

 

SUBMITTED BY:

 

 

_______________________                  __________________________________

Signature                                                      Submission Date

 

__________________________

Print Name

 

 

REVIEWED BY:

 

 

_____________________              ______________________________

                                              Review Date

 
 

 

 

EXHIBIT B: CODE OF ETHICS TRANSACTIONS REPORT

 

May be provided electronically in a manner prescribed by the Chief Compliance Officer

 

Hanlon Investment Management (the “Firm”) maintains a Code of Ethics and corresponding policies and procedures. By your signature below, you hereby confirm your acknowledgment of, and agreement and obligation to abide by, the Firm’s Code of Ethics and corresponding policies and procedures. You further understand that your failure to comply with the Code of Ethics and corresponding policies and procedures is subject to disciplinary action including possible termination.

 

Please respond to the following for the reporting period: quarter of 20 .

 

1. Did you effect any Acquisition or Disposition of a Reportable Security in which you had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership during this past quarter?

 

YES (check one of the following, then proceed to item 2).

                I have supplied the Firm with trade confirmations or account statements, and the Firm has received those confirmations or statements not later than 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which any transactions take place.

I have supplied the following:
· the date of the Acquisition or Disposition, title, interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), number of shares and principal amount of each Reportable Security;
· the nature of the Acquisition or Disposition (i.e., purchase, sale, gift or any other type of Acquisition or Disposition);
· the price of the Reportable Security at which the Acquisition or Disposition was effected; and
· the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the Acquisition or Disposition was effected.

 

NO, I have not effected any reportable transactions (proceed to item 2).

 

2. Did you establish any new account(s) which contain securities (including but not limited to Reportable Securities) in which you had a direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership during this quarter?

 

YES (check one of the following).

                I have supplied the Firm with trade confirmations or account statements, and the Firm has received those confirmations or statements not later than 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which any transactions take place.

I have supplied the following:
· the name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the account was established; and
· the date the account was established.
 
 

 

NO, I have not opened any new account(s) which contain securities during this past quarter.

 

This Code of Ethics Transactions Report must be returned to the Chief Compliance Officer, with all applicable documents, no later than thirty days after the end of the previous calendar quarter.

 

SUBMITTED BY:

 

 

 ____________________________               ____________________________

Signature                                                               Submission Date

 

 

____________________________

Print Name

 

 

 

REVIEWED BY:

 

 

 

____________________________           ______________________________

Chief Compliance Officer                               Review Date